merge updates from HEAD

more WIDE support
[kennykb-numerics-branch]
2005-10-08 13:44:37 +00:00 · 2005-10-08 06:43:18 +00:00 · 2005-10-08 06:07:58 +00:00 · 2005-10-08 01:07:42 +00:00 · 2005-10-07 20:15:08 +00:00 · 2005-10-07 18:01:40 +00:00
639 changed files with 155356 additions and 61642 deletions
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 README:  Tcl
-    This is the Tcl 8.5a2 source distribution.
+    This is the Tcl 8.5a4 source distribution.
    Tcl/Tk is also available through NetCVS:
 	http://tcl.sourceforge.net/
    You can get any source release of Tcl from the file distributions
    link at the above URL.

-RCS: @(#) $Id: README,v 1.53 2004/03/26 19:47:28 dgp Exp $
+RCS: @(#) $Id: README,v 1.53.2.2 2005/07/12 20:36:11 kennykb Exp $

 Contents
 --------
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Recent user-visible changes to Tcl:

-RCS: @(#) $Id: changes,v 1.92 2004/11/18 18:34:10 dgp Exp $
+RCS: @(#) $Id: changes,v 1.92.2.2 2005/07/12 20:36:11 kennykb Exp $

 1. No more [command1] [command2] construct for grouping multiple
 commands on a single command line.
@@ -6199,11 +6199,13 @@ tables to avoid system limits (mistachkin)

 2004-09-09 (bug fix)[560297] fixed broken [namespace forget] logic (porter)

-2004-09-09 (bug fix)[1017299] fixed [namespace import] cycle prevention (porter)
+2004-09-09 (bug fix)[1017299] fixed [namespace import] cycle prevention
+(porter)

 2004-09-10 (performance) $x[set x {}] is now fast [K $x [set x {}]] (sofer)

-2004-09-10 (bug fix)[868489] better control over int <-> wideInt (fellows,kenny)
+2004-09-10 (bug fix)[868489] better control over int <-> wideInt
+(fellows,kenny)

 2004-09-10 (bug fix)[1025359] POSIX errorCode from wide seeks (kupries,fellows)

@@ -6217,11 +6219,13 @@ tables to avoid system limits (mistachkin)
 2004-09-22 (feature change) syntax errors not reported at compile time;
 		deferred to runtime.  Support [return -errorline]. (porter)

-2004-09-23 (bug fix)[1016726] fix `make clean` in static config (leitgeb,dejong)
+2004-09-23 (bug fix)[1016726] fix `make clean` in static config
+(leitgeb,dejong)

 2004-09-22 (feature change) report all compile errors at runtime (porter)

-2004-09-29 (bug fix)[1036649] syntax error in [subst] => buffer overflow (sofer)
+2004-09-29 (bug fix)[1036649] syntax error in [subst] => buffer overflow
+(sofer)

 2004-09-30 (bug fix)[1038021] save/restore error state: var traces (porter)

@@ -6234,7 +6238,8 @@ tables to avoid system limits (mistachkin)
 2004-10-05 (reform) errorInfo, errorCode management (porter)
 	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for traces on those vars ***

-2004-10-06 (feature change)[1041072] re-bless and enhance Tcl_AppendResult (dkf)
+2004-10-06 (feature change)[1041072] re-bless and enhance Tcl_AppendResult
+(dkf)

 2004-10-06 (reform) more robust interp result appends (porter)
 => dde 1.3.1
@@ -6248,7 +6253,8 @@ tables to avoid system limits (mistachkin)

 2004-10-08 (new feature)[TIP 212] [dict update]; [dict with] (fellows)

-2004-10-08 (bug fix)[954263] case insensitive [file exec] for Win (hobbs,darley)
+2004-10-08 (bug fix)[954263] case insensitive [file exec] for Win
+(hobbs,darley)

 2004-10-14 (performance) [info commands/globals/procs/vars $pattern] faster
                when $pattern is trivial (fellows)
@@ -6258,16 +6264,18 @@ tables to avoid system limits (mistachkin)
 2004-10-24 (reform) replaced bit flag values with macros for Var handling
 	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for accesses to Var internals ***

-2004-10-26 (new feature)[1054370] install msgcat, http, tcltest as TM's (porter)
+2004-10-26 (new feature)[1054370] install msgcat, http, tcltest as TM's
+(porter)

 2004-10-26 (bug fix)[767676] negative PIDs with pipes (giese,gravereaux)

-2004-10-27 (bug fix)[731778] stop critical section leaks (mistachkin,gravereaux)
+2004-10-27 (bug fix)[731778] stop critical section leaks
+(mistachkin,gravereaux)

 2004-10-27 (bug fix)[926088] -load option to find tested packages (gravereaux)

 2004-10-28 (bug fix)[1030548] restore the --enable-symbols --enable-threads
-                build on Win (mistachkin,kenny,kupries)
+build on Win (mistachkin,kenny,kupries)

 2004-10-29 (bug fix)[1055673] fix command line syntax error message (porter)
 => tcltest 2.2.7
@@ -6283,17 +6291,15 @@ tables to avoid system limits (mistachkin)
 2004-11-03 (bug fix)[527164] preserve errorinfo from var traces (porter)

 2004-11-08 (bug fix){947693] Made -blocking option of channel during [close]
-	consistent on Windows with Unix (gravereaux)
+consistent on Windows with Unix (gravereaux)
 	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

 2004-11-11 (bug fix)[1034337] recursive file delete, MacOSX (steffen)

-2004-11-12 (feature)[TIP 34] make use of a configuration header file (fellows)
-	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
 2004-11-12 (new feature)[TIP 221] [interp bgerror] (porter)

-2004-11-12 (new feature)[TIP 226] Tcl_(Save|Restore|Discard)InterpState (porter)
+2004-11-12 (new feature)[TIP 226] Tcl_(Save|Restore|Discard)InterpState
+(porter)

 2004-11-12 (new feature)[TIP 227] Tcl_(Get|Set)ReturnOptions (porter)

@@ -6305,7 +6311,185 @@ tables to avoid system limits (mistachkin)

 2004-11-18 (new feature) configure options --enable-man-suffix (max)

+2004-11-22 (bug fix)[1030465] Improve HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T check (dejong)
+
+2004-11-22 (bug fix)[1043129] Fixed the treatment of backslashes in file
+join on Windows (darley)
+
+2004-11-22 (bug fix)[976438] Move init.tcl search path construction to
+tclInit (porter)
+
+2004-11-24 (bug fix)[1072654] Fixed segfault in info vars trivial
+matching branch (new in 8.4.8) (porter)
+
+2004-11-24 (bug fix)[1001325, 1071701] Fixed readdir_r detection and usage
+(dejong, kenny, porter)
+
+2004-11-24 (bug fix)[1071807] Fixed all uses of 'select' to use standard
+macros rather than older bit-whacking style (kenny)
+
+2004-11-26 (bug fix)[1073524] Simplify the code to check for correctness of
+strstr, strtoul and strtod on unix (fellows)
+
+2004-11-26 (bug fix)[1072136] Remove file normalize on tcl_findLibrary
+search path uniqification added in 8.4.8 (porter)
+
+2004-11-30 (bug fix)[976520] Rework startup/initialization of the Tcl
+library, encoding search initialization, and Tcl_FindExecutable structure.
+[tclInit] no longer driven by the value of $::tcl_libPath (TCLLIBPATH).
+(porter)
+	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY : makes encoding names case sensitive
+	    on Windows, where they have been case insensitive ***
+
+2004-12-02 (bug fix)[1074671] Ensure tilde paths are not returned specially
+by 'glob' (darley)
+
 Doc improvements [759545,926590,935853,1017072,1018486,1022527,1027849,
-			1032243,1047928,1048005,1058446,1062647,1065732,etc.]
+	1032243,1047928,1048005,1058446,1062647,1065732,1073334,etc.]
 Test suite expansion [1036649,1001997,etc.]

+--- Released 8.5a2, December 7, 2004 --- See ChangeLog for details ---
+
+2004-12-13 (bug fix)[1083082] encoding memory leaks (ade,porter)
+
+2004-12-13 (bug fix)[1082349] restored C++ extension support (porter)
+
+2004-12-14 (bug fix)[1081541] workaround automake-ism "$U" (porter)
+
+2004-12-15 (new feature) CallFrames on execution, not C, stack (sofer)
+
+2004-12-16 (bug fix)[1085023] [interp limit] support in [vwait], etc. (fellows)
+
+2004-12-29 (bug fix)[1090413] make [clock scan 0030] work (morian,kenny)
+
+2004-12-29 (bug fix)[1092789] make [clock scan 10000] work (porter,kenny)
+
+2004-12-29 (platform support)[1092952,1091967] MSVC7, gcc OPT compiles (hobbs)
+
+2005-01-06 (performance)[1020491] [http::mapReply] (fellows)
+=> http 2.5.1
+
+2005-01-09 (bug fix)[1095909] stopped use of readdir_r (english)
+
+2005-01-10 (enhancement)[1081595] stopped use of TCL_DBGX (english)
+
+2005-01-17 (bug fix)[1100542] [glob] of Windows shares (schar,darley)
+
+2005-01-19 (new feature)[TIP 235] C API for ensembles (fellows)
+
+2005-01-21 (new feature)[TIP 233] virtual time (kupries)
+
+2005-01-25 (bug fix)[1101670] [auto_reset] update for [namespace] (porter)
+***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
+May cause re-[source]-ing of files that have not anticipated that before.
+
+2005-01-27 (new feature)[TIP 218] Tcl_Channel API update for threads (kupries)
+
+2005-01-27 (bug fix)[1109484] Tcl_Expr* updates for Tcl_WideInt (hobbs)
+
+2005-01-28 (platform support)[1021871] Solaris gcc 64-bit support (hobbs)
+
+2005-02-10 (bug fix)[1119369] Tcl_EvalObjEx: avoid shimmer loss of List intrep
+(sofer,macdonald)
+
+2005-02-11 (platform support) correct gcc builds for AIX-4+, HP-UX-11 (hobbs)
+
+2005-02-24 (bug fix)[1119798] prevent [source $directory] (porter,mpettigr)
+=> tcltest 2.2.8
+
+2005-03-10 (bug fix)[1153871] bad ClientData cast (porter,victorovich)
+
+2005-03-15 (platform support) OpenBSD ports patch (thoyts)
+
+2005-03-18 (bug fix)[1115904] restore recursion limit in direct eval (porter)
+
+2005-03-24 (bug fix) stop conflict between Tcltest and Thread packages (porter)
+
+2005-03-29 (platform support) allow msys builds without cygwin (hobbs)
+
+2005-04-01 (internal change)[1158008]  internal rep of "list" Tcl_Obj's
+now uses a refcounted struct (sofer)
+***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
+For any code that goes poking into the internals of "list" Tcl_Obj's
+
+2005-04-05 (performance)[1174551] Tcl_DecrRefCount of Tcl_Obj "chains" (sofer)
+
+2005-04-08 (performance)[1077262] better Tcl_Encoding cache lifetimes (porter)
+
+2005-04-10 (bug fix)[1180368] [interp invokehidden] mem leak (kenny,porter)
+
+2005-04-12 (performance)[1177363] startup encoding file scan (porter)
+
+2005-04-12 (performance)[1182459] [clock format] (kenny)
+
+2005-04-13 (bug fix) min buffer size dropped from 10 to 1 byte (gravereaux)
+
+2005-04-16 (bug fix)[1178445] fix memory waste at thread exit (vasiljevic)
+
+2004-04-16 (bug fix)[1084111] [array names] memory leak (ade,sofer)
+
+2005-04-19 (bug fix)[1185933] [clock] init clobbered global vars (ring,kenny)
+
+2005-04-19 (new feature) [::tcl::unsupported::EncodingDirs] - unsupported
+command to set search path for encoding files (porter)
+
+2005-04-20 (bug fix)[1090869] Tcl_GetInt accept 0x80000000, 64-bit
+(porter,singh)
+
+2005-04-22 (bug fix)[1187123] [string is boolean] respect EIAS (porter)
+
+2005-04-25 (enhancement) update to tzdata2005i (kenny)
+
+2005-04-25 (platform support) builds on Mac OS X 10.1 (steffen)
+
+2005-04-27 (new feature)[TIP 183] [open $f {... BINARY ...}] (porter)
+
+2005-04-29 (new feature)[TIP 176] simple index arithmetic (porter)
+
+2005-05-06 (platform support) x86_64 Solarix cc and Solaris 10 builds (hobbs)
+
+2005-05-10 (bug fix)[1198892] [expr {i**0}] error (kaitschu,markus)
+
+2005-05-10 (new feature)[TIP 132] floating-point conversion to string (kenny)
+***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
+For scripts that rely on (tcl_precision==12) number formatting
+
+2005-05-10 (new feature)[TIP 232] math functions as commands (kenny)
+***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
+Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo functioning is reduced; routine is now deprecated
+
+2005-05-13 (feature removed) TCL_NO_MATH compiler directive (porter)
+
+2005-05-14 (platform support) Mac OSX: configurable CoreFoundation API
+(steffen)
+
+2005-05-14 (platform support) Mac OSX: use realpath when threadsafe (steffen)
+
+2005-05-17 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType's "list", "procbody", "index",
+"ensembleCommand", "localVarName", "levelReference, "boolean" are no
+longer registered (porter)
+***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
+For any callers of Tcl_GetObjType on those strings
+
+2005-05-20 (bug fix)[1201589] boolean literal prefix in expressions (porter)
+
+2005-05-24 (platform support) Darwin build support merged into unix (steffen)
+
+2005-05-24 (new feature)[1202209] Mac OSX: support [load] of .bundle binaries
+Can support [load] from memory as well (steffen)
+
+2005-05-24 (new feature)[1202178] [time] returns non-integer result (steffen)
+
+2005-05-25 (new feature)[TIP 182] [expr {bool(...)}] (mistachkin,porter)
+
+2005-05-30 (new feature)[TIP 229] [namespace path] (fellows)
+
+2005-05-31 (bug fix)[1082283] Unix: notifier thread now joinable (vasiljevic)
+
+2005-06-01 (new feature)[TIP 241] -nocase: lsort, lsearch, switch (mistachkin)
+
+2005-06-01 (bug fix)[1209759] "return TCL_RETURN;" could cause panic (porter)
+
+Documentation improvements [1075433,1085127,1117017,1124160,1149605,etc.]
+
+--- Released 8.5a3, June 4, 2004 --- See ChangeLog for details ---
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: string.h,v 1.5 2004/03/17 18:14:12 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: string.h,v 1.5.2.1 2005/05/05 17:55:18 kennykb Exp $
 */

 #ifndef _STRING
@@ -26,7 +26,11 @@

 #include <sys/types.h>

+#ifdef __APPLE__
+extern VOID *		memchr _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST VOID *s, int c, size_t n));
+#else
 extern char *		memchr _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST VOID *s, int c, size_t n));
+#endif
 extern int		memcmp _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST VOID *s1, CONST VOID *s2,
 			    size_t n));
 extern char *		memcpy _ANSI_ARGS_((VOID *t, CONST VOID *f, size_t n));
@@ -9,10 +9,13 @@
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: strstr.c,v 1.4 2004/04/06 22:25:48 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: strstr.c,v 1.4.2.1 2005/04/25 21:37:18 kennykb Exp $
 */

 #include "tcl.h"
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: strtoll.c,v 1.7 2004/04/06 22:25:48 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: strtoll.c,v 1.7.2.2 2005/01/20 19:12:26 kennykb Exp $
 */

 #include "tclInt.h"
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: strtoull.c,v 1.7 2004/04/06 22:25:48 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: strtoull.c,v 1.7.2.2 2005/01/20 19:12:27 kennykb Exp $
 */

 #include "tclInt.h"
@@ -5,10 +5,10 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: AddErrInfo.3,v 1.13 2004/11/21 23:17:50 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: AddErrInfo.3,v 1.13.2.2 2005/09/15 20:58:38 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
-.TH Tcl_AddErrorInfo 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_AddErrorInfo 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .BS
 .SH NAME
 Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ String to record as one element of the \fB-errorcode\fR return option.
 Last \fIelement\fR argument must be NULL.
 .AP va_list argList in
 An argument list which must have been initialized using
-\fBTCL_VARARGS_START\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP "const char" *script in
 Pointer to first character in script containing command (must be <= command)
 .AP "const char" *command in
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR and \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR
 routines expose the same capabilities as the \fBreturn\fR and
 \fBcatch\fR commands, respectively, in the form of a C interface.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR retrieves the dictionary of return options
+\fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR retrieves the dictionary of return options
 from an interpreter following a script evaluation.
 Routines such as \fBTcl_Eval\fR are called to evaluate a
 script in an interpreter.  These routines return an integer
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ both a result and a dictionary of return options generated
 by script evaluation.  Just as \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR retrieves
 the result, \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR retrieves the dictionary
 of return options.  The integer completion code should be
-passed as the \fIcode\fR argument to \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR
+passed as the \fIcode\fR argument to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR
 so that all required options will be present in the dictionary.
 Specifically, a \fIcode\fR value of \fBTCL_ERROR\fR will
 ensure that entries for the keys \fB-errorinfo\fR,
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ via a call to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR) often makes up
 a useful part of the \fImessage\fR passed to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR is nearly identical
-to \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR, except that it has an additional \fIlength\fR
+to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR, except that it has an additional \fIlength\fR
 argument.  This allows the \fImessage\fR string to contain 
 embedded null bytes.  This is essentially never a good idea.
 If the \fImessage\fR needs to contain the null character \fBU+0000\fR,
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ setting \fBerrorInfo\fR or \fBerrorCode\fR directly with
 \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR.
 .PP
 If the procedure \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR is called,
-it clears all of the state of ther interpreter associated with
+it clears all of the state of the interpreter associated with
 script evaluation, including the entire return options dictionary.
 In particular, the \fB-errorinfo\fR and \fB-errorcode\fR options
 are reset.  
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ occurred after all.
 The global variables \fBerrorInfo\fR and
 \fBerrorCode\fR are not modified by \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR
 so they continue to hold a record of information about the
-more recent error seen in an interpreter.
+most recent error seen in an interpreter.

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_DecrRefCount, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_Interp, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_SetErrno
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Async.3,v 1.7 2004/11/20 00:17:31 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Async.3,v 1.7.2.1 2004/12/13 22:03:09 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_AsyncCreate 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ to a clean state, such as after the current Tcl command completes.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR, \fBTcl_AsyncDelete\fR, and \fBTcl_AsyncReady\fR
 are thread sensitive.  They access and/or set a thread-specific data
-structure in the event of an --enable-thread built core.  The token
-created by Tcl_AsyncCreate contains the needed thread information it
-was called from so that calling Tcl_AsyncMark(token) will only yield
-the origin thread into the AsyncProc.
-.PP 
+structure in the event of a core built with \fI\-\-enable\-threads\fR.  The token
+created by \fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR contains the needed thread information it
+was called from so that calling \fBTcl_AsyncMark\fR(\fItoken\fR) will only yield
+the origin thread into the asynchronous handler.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR creates an asynchronous handler and returns
 a token for it.
 The asynchronous handler must be created before
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Backslash.3,v 1.5 2004/10/07 14:44:31 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Backslash.3,v 1.5.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:39 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -30,24 +30,20 @@ the backslash character.

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-.VS 8.1
 The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
 \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
 .PP
 This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
 non-internationalized Tcl extensions.  It parses a backslash sequence and
 returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence. 
-.VE
 \fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
 characters in the backslash sequence.
 .PP
 See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
 All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
 \fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
-.VS 8.1 br
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
-.VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
 backslash, parse
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
 '\"
 '\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2005.  (not subject to US copyright)
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: BoolObj.3,v 1.5 2004/10/07 15:37:43 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: BoolObj.3,v 1.5.2.2 2005/05/21 15:10:25 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
-.TH Tcl_BooleanObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_BooleanObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_SetBooleanObj, Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj \- manipulate Tcl objects as boolean values
+Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_SetBooleanObj, Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj \- store/retrieve boolean value in a Tcl_Obj
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -25,18 +26,12 @@ int
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp boolValue in/out
 .AP int boolValue in
-Integer value used to initialize or set a boolean object.
-If the integer is nonzero, the boolean object is set to 1;
-otherwise the boolean object is set to 0.
+Integer value to be stored as a boolean value in a Tcl_Obj.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
-For \fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR, this points to the object to be converted
-to boolean type.
-For \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR, this refers to the object
-from which to get a boolean value; 
-if \fIobjPtr\fR does not already point to a boolean object,
-an attempt will be made to convert it to one.
+Points to the Tcl_Obj in which to store, or from which to
+retrieve a boolean value.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
-If an error occurs during conversion,
+If a boolean value cannot be retrieved,
 an error message is left in the interpreter's result object
 unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
 .AP int *boolPtr out
@@ -46,44 +41,55 @@ stores the boolean value (0 or 1) obtained from \fIobjPtr\fR.

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These procedures are used to create, modify, and read
-boolean Tcl objects from C code.
-\fBTcl_NewBooleanObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR
-will create a new object of boolean type
-or modify an existing object to have boolean type. 
-Both of these procedures set the object to have the
-boolean value (0 or 1) specified by \fIboolValue\fR;
-if \fIboolValue\fR is nonzero, the object is set to 1,
-otherwise to 0.
-\fBTcl_NewBooleanObj\fR returns a pointer to a newly created object
-with reference count zero.
-Both procedures set the object's type to be boolean
-and assign the boolean value to the object's internal representation
-\fIlongValue\fR member.
-\fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR invalidates any old string representation
-and, if the object is not already a boolean object,
-frees any old internal representation.
+These procedures are used to pass boolean values to and from
+Tcl as Tcl_Obj's.  When storing a boolean value into a Tcl_Obj,
+any non-zero integer value in \fIboolValue\fR is taken to be
+the boolean value \fB1\fR, and the integer value \fB0\fR is
+taken to be the boolean value \fB0\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR attempts to return a boolean value
-from the Tcl object \fIobjPtr\fR.
-If the object is not already a boolean object,
-it will attempt to convert it to one.
-If an error occurs during conversion, it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
-and leaves an error message in the interpreter's result object
-unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
-Otherwise, \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR
-and stores the boolean value in the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR.
-If the object is not already a boolean object,
-the conversion will free any old internal representation.
-Objects having a string representation equal to any of \fB0\fR,
-\fBfalse\fR, \fBno\fR, or \fBoff\fR have a boolean value 0; if the
-string representation is any of \fB1\fR, \fBtrue\fR, \fByes\fR, or
-\fBon\fR the boolean value is 1.
-Any of these string values may be abbreviated, and upper-case spellings
-are also acceptable.
+\fBTcl_NewBooleanObj\fR creates a new Tcl_Obj, stores the boolean
+value \fIboolValue\fR in it, and returns a pointer to the new Tcl_Obj.
+The new Tcl_Obj has reference count of zero.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR accepts \fIobjPtr\fR, a pointer to
+an existing Tcl_Obj, and stores in the Tcl_Obj \fI*objPtr\fR 
+the boolean value \fIboolValue\fR.  This is a write operation
+on \fI*objPtr\fR, so \fIobjPtr\fR must be unshared.  Attempts to
+write to a shared Tcl_Obj will panic.  A successful write
+of \fIboolValue\fR into \fI*objPtr\fR implies the freeing of
+any former value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR attempts to retrive a boolean value
+from the value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
+If \fIobjPtr\fR holds a string value recognized by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR,
+then the recognized boolean value is written at the address given
+by \fIboolPtr\fR.  
+If \fIobjPtr\fR holds any value recognized as
+a number by Tcl, then if that value is zero a 0 is written at
+the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR and if that
+value is non-zero a 1 is written at the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR.
+In all cases where a value is written at the address given
+by \fIboolPtr\fR, \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
+If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR does not meet any of the conditions
+above, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is 
+left in the interpreter's result unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
+\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR may also make changes to the internal
+fields of \fI*objPtr\fR so that future calls to 
+\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR on the same \fIobjPtr\fR can be
+performed more efficiently.
+.PP
+Note that the routines \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR and
+\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR are not functional equivalents.
+The set of values for which \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR
+will return \fBTCL_OK\fR is strictly larger than
+the set of values for which \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR will do the same.
+For example, the value "5" passed to \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR
+will lead to a \fBTCL_OK\fR return (and the boolean value 1),
+while the same value passed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR will lead to
+a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR return.

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_DecrRefCount, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_GetObjResult
+Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_IsShared, Tcl_GetBoolean

 .SH KEYWORDS
-boolean, boolean object, boolean type, internal representation, object, object type, string representation
+boolean, object
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Concat.3,v 1.7 2004/10/07 15:15:35 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Concat.3,v 1.7.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:39 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_Concat 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -44,12 +44,9 @@ copies strings from \fBargv\fR to the result.  If an element of
 is ignored entirely.  This white-space removal was added to make
 the output of the \fBconcat\fR command cleaner-looking.
 .PP
-.VS
 The result string is dynamically allocated
 using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR;  the caller must eventually release the space
 by calling \fBTcl_Free\fR.
-.VE
-.VS
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_ConcatObj
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtChannel.3,v 1.24 2004/11/12 09:01:25 das Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtChannel.3,v 1.24.2.5 2005/10/08 13:44:37 dgp Exp $
 .so man.macros
-.TH Tcl_CreateChannel 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_CreateChannel 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelCloseProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
+Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelCloseProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -31,10 +31,8 @@ const char *
 int
 \fBTcl_GetChannelHandle\fR(\fIchannel, direction, handlePtr\fR)
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 Tcl_ThreadId
 \fBTcl_GetChannelThread\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetChannelMode\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
@@ -48,7 +46,6 @@ int
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR(\fIinterp, optionName, optionList\fR)
-.VS 8.4
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_IsChannelShared\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
@@ -67,7 +64,6 @@ void
 .sp
 void
 \fBTcl_ClearChannelHandlers\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_ChannelBuffered\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
@@ -96,10 +92,16 @@ Tcl_DriverOutputProc *
 Tcl_DriverSeekProc *
 \fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *
 \fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
-.VE 8.4
+.sp
+Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc *
+\fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
+.sp
+.VS 8.5
+Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *
+\fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
+.VE 8.5
 .sp
 Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *
 \fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
@@ -235,12 +237,10 @@ the channel does not have a device handle for the specified direction,
 then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned instead.  Different channel drivers
 will return different types of handle.  Refer to the manual entries
 for each driver to determine what type of handle is returned.
-.VS 8.4
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetChannelThread\fR returns the id of the thread currently managing
 the specified \fIchannel\fR. This allows channel drivers to send their file
 events to the correct event queue even for a multi-threaded core.
-.VE 8.4
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetChannelMode\fR returns an OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR
 and \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR, indicating whether the channel is open for input
@@ -273,7 +273,6 @@ currently buffered in the internal buffer (push back area) of the
 channel itself. It does not report about the data in the overall
 buffers for the stack of channels the supplied channel is part of.
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 \fBTcl_IsChannelShared\fR checks the refcount of the specified
 \fIchannel\fR and returns whether the \fIchannel\fR was shared among
 multiple interpreters (result == 1) or not (result == 0).
@@ -290,15 +289,24 @@ name is registered in the (thread)-global list of all channels (result
 (thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
 Application to a channel still registered in some interpreter
 is not allowed.
+.VS 8.5
+Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
+\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
+.VE 8.5
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR adds the specified \fIchannel\fR to the
 (thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
 Application to a channel registered in some interpreter is not allowed.
+.VS 8.5
+Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
+\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
+.VE 8.5
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ClearChannelHandlers\fR removes all channelhandlers and event
 scripts associated with the specified \fIchannel\fR, thus shutting
 down all event processing for this channel.
-.VE 8.4
 .SH TCL_CHANNELTYPE
 .PP
 A channel driver provides a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure that contains
@@ -326,16 +334,22 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
        Tcl_DriverFlushProc *\fIflushProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *\fIhandlerProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *\fIwideSeekProc\fR;
+        Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc *\fIthreadActionProc\fR;
+.VS 8.5
+        Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *\fItruncateProc\fR;
+.VE 8.5
 } Tcl_ChannelType;
 .CE
 .PP
-The driver must provide implementations for all functions except
-\fIblockModeProc\fR, \fIseekProc\fR, \fIsetOptionProc\fR,
-\fIgetOptionProc\fR, and \fIclose2Proc\fR, which may be specified as
-NULL.  Other functions that can not be implemented for this type of
-device should return \fBEINVAL\fR when invoked to indicate that they
-are not implemented, except in the case of \fIflushProc\fR and
-\fIhandlerProc\fR, which should specified as NULL if not otherwise defined.
+It is not necessary to provide implementations for all channel
+operations.  Those which are not necessary may be set to NULL in the
+struct: \fIblockModeProc\fR, \fIseekProc\fR, \fIsetOptionProc\fR,
+\fIgetOptionProc\fR, and \fIclose2Proc\fR, in addition to
+\fIflushProc\fR, \fIhandlerProc\fR, \fIthreadActionProc\fR, and
+\fItruncateProc\fR.  Other functions that cannot be implemented in a
+meaningful way should return \fBEINVAL\fR when called, to indicate
+that the operations they represent are not available. Also note that
+\fIwideSeekProc\fR can be NULL if \fIseekProc\fR is.
 .PP
 The user should only use the above structure for \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
 instantiation.  When referencing fields in a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
@@ -344,9 +358,10 @@ structure, the following functions should be used to obtain the values:
 \fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR,
 \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR,
 \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR,
-.VS 8.4
-\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR,
-.VE 8.4
+\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR,
+.VS 8.5
+\fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
+.VE 8.5
 \fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelGetOptionProc\fR,
 \fBTcl_ChannelWatchProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelGetHandleProc\fR,
 \fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, or \fBTcl_ChannelHandlerProc\fR.
@@ -365,17 +380,27 @@ This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelName\fR, which returns
 a pointer to the string.
 .SS VERSION
 .PP
-The \fIversion\fR field should be set to \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR.
-If it is not set to this value \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR, then this
-\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR is assumed to have the older structure.  See
+
+The \fIversion\fR field should be set to the version of the structure
+that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR is the minimum recommended.
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR must be set to specifiy the \fIwideSeekProc\fR member.
+.VS 8.5
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR must be set to specifiy the
+\fIthreadActionProc\fR and \fItruncateProc\fR members (includes
+\fIwideSeekProc\fR).
+.VE 8.5
+If it is not set to any of these, then this
+\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR is assumed to have the original structure.  See
 \fBOLD CHANNEL TYPES\fR for more details.  While Tcl will recognize
-and function with either structure, stacked channels must be of at
+and function with either structures, stacked channels must be of at
 least \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR to function correctly.
 .PP
 This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR, which returns
-.VS 8.4
-one of \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR,
-.VE 8.4
+one of
+.VS 8.5
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR,
+.VE 8.5
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR,
 \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR or \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_1\fR.
 .SS BLOCKMODEPROC
 .PP
@@ -576,7 +601,6 @@ does not implement seeking.
 The return value is the new access point or -1 in case of error. If an
 error occurred, the function should not move the access point.
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 If there is a non-NULL \fIseekProc\fR field, the \fIwideSeekProc\fR
 field may contain the address of an alternative function to use which
 handles wide (i.e. larger than 32-bit) offsets, so allowing seeks
@@ -601,7 +625,6 @@ The \fIseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
 \fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function,
 and similarly the \fIwideSeekProc\fR can be retrieved with
 \fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR.
-.VE 8.4
 .SS SETOPTIONPROC
 .PP
 The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
@@ -775,6 +798,53 @@ type of event occurred on this channel.
 .PP
 This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelHandlerProc\fR, which returns
 a pointer to the function.
+
+.SS "THREADACTIONPROC"
+.PP
+The \fIthreadActionProc\fR field contains the address of the function
+called by the generic layer when a channel is created, closed, or
+going to move to a different thread, i.e. whenever thread-specific
+driver state might have to initialized or updated. It can be NULL.
+The action \fITCL_CHANNEL_THREAD_REMOVE\fR is used to notify the
+driver that it should update or remove any thread-specific data it
+might be maintaining for the channel.
+.PP
+The action \fITCL_CHANNEL_THREAD_INSERT\fR is used to notify the
+driver that it should update or initialize any thread-specific data it
+might be maintaining using the calling thread as the associate. See
+\fBTcl_CutChannel\fR and \fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR for more detail.
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef void Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc(
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
+        int        \fIaction\fR);
+.CE
+.PP
+\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
+\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created.
+.PP
+These values can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR,
+which returns a pointer to the function.
+.SS "TRUNCATEPROC"
+.PP
+The \fItruncateProc\fR field contains the address of the function
+called by the generic layer when a channel is truncated to some
+length. It can be NULL.
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef int Tcl_DriverTruncateProc(
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
+        Tcl_WideInt \fIlength\fR);
+.CE
+.PP
+\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
+\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created, and
+\fIlength\fR is the new length of the underlying file, which should
+not be negative. The result should be 0 on success or an errno code
+(suitable for use with \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR) on failure.
+.PP
+These values can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
+which returns a pointer to the function.
 .SH TCL_BADCHANNELOPTION
 .PP
 This procedure generates a "bad option" error message in an
@@ -783,7 +853,7 @@ an invalid Set/Get option is requested. Its purpose is to concatenate
 the generic options list to the specific ones and factorize
 the generic options error message string.
 .PP
-It always return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
+It always returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
 .PP
 An error message is generated in \fIinterp\fR's result object to
 indicate that a command was invoked with a bad option.
@@ -830,7 +900,6 @@ the new \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure if you are creating a stacked
 channel driver, due to problems with the earlier stacked channel
 implementation (in 8.2.0 to 8.3.1).
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 Prior to 8.4.0 (i.e. during the later releases of 8.3 and early part
 of the 8.4 development cycle) the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure
 contained the following fields:
@@ -851,12 +920,12 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
        Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverFlushProc *\fIflushProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *\fIhandlerProc\fR;
+        Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *\fItruncateProc\fR;
 } Tcl_ChannelType;
 .CE
 .PP
 When the above structure is registered as a channel type, the
 \fIversion\fR field should always be \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR.
-.VE 8.4

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_Close(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_SetErrno(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_StackChannel(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtCommand.3,v 1.10 2004/10/07 15:15:35 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtCommand.3,v 1.10.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:40 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_CreateCommand 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -95,16 +95,12 @@ the command name) and \fIargv\fR giving the values of the arguments
 as strings.  The \fIargv\fR array will contain \fIargc\fR+1 values;
 the first \fIargc\fR values point to the argument strings, and the
 last value is NULL.  
-.VS
 Note that the argument strings should not be modified as they may
 point to constant strings or may be shared with other parts of the
 interpreter.
-.VE
 .PP
-.VS
 Note that the argument strings are encoded in normalized UTF-8 since
 version 8.1 of Tcl.
-.VE
 .PP
 \fIProc\fR must return an integer code that is expected to be one of
 \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR, or
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtFileHdlr.3,v 1.3 2004/10/07 14:44:31 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtFileHdlr.3,v 1.3.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:41 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_CreateFileHandler 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -15,12 +15,10 @@ Tcl_CreateFileHandler, Tcl_DeleteFileHandler \- associate procedure callbacks wi
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
-.VS
 .sp
 \fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR(\fIfd, mask, proc, clientData\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DeleteFileHandler\fR(\fIfd\fR)
-.VE
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_FileProc clientData
 .AP int fd in
@@ -39,12 +37,10 @@ Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-.VS
 \fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be
 invoked in the future whenever I/O becomes possible on a file
 or an exceptional condition exists for the file.  The file
 is indicated by \fIfd\fR, and the conditions of interest
-.VE
 are indicated by \fImask\fR.  For example, if \fImask\fR
 is \fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fIproc\fR will be called when
 the file is readable.
@@ -89,10 +85,8 @@ complete the application won't be able to service other events. Use
 \fBTcl_SetChannelOption\fR with \fB\-blocking\fR to set the channel into
 blocking or nonblocking mode as required.
 .PP
-.VS
 Note that these interfaces are only supported by the Unix
 implementation of the Tcl notifier.   
-.VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
 callback, file, handler
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtMathFnc.3,v 1.11 2004/10/07 15:15:35 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtMathFnc.3,v 1.11.2.2 2005/04/25 19:59:45 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -19,14 +19,12 @@ Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and
 void
 \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 int
 \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
                    clientDataPtr\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
-.VE
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -66,19 +64,25 @@ passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
 .PP
 Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
 expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
-\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR allows applications to add additional functions
+These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
+\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR.  The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
+an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
 to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
+It should not be used by new applications, which should create
+math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
+in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
+.PP
+In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
 \fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
-If \fIname\fR doesn't already exist as a function then a new function
-is created.  If it does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
+If \fIname\fR doesn't already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
+namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
+If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
 \fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
 Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
-.VS 8.4
 one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
 or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
 integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
 or any, respectively.
-.VE 8.4
 .PP
 Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
 \fIproc\fR.  \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
@@ -95,7 +99,6 @@ When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
 arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
 \fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
 which describe the actual arguments to the function:
-.VS 8.4
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_Value {
        Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
@@ -107,30 +110,24 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Value {
 .PP
 The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
 one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
-.VE 8.4
 It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
 the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
 the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
 \fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
 Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
-.VS 8.4
 \fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
-.VE 8.4
 field will contain the actual value of the argument.
 .PP
 \fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
 in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
 \fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
 It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
-.VS 8.4
 \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
-.VE 8.4
 to indicate which value was set.
 Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
 If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
 return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
 function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
 \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call.  Normally, the return code is
@@ -141,20 +138,23 @@ result.
 If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
 pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
 released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.  Some functions (the
-standard set implemented in the core) are implemented directly at the
-bytecode level; attempting to retrieve values for them causes a NULL
-to be stored in the variable pointed to by \fIprocPtr\fR and the
-variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR will not be modified.
+standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
+commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
+argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
+them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by 
+\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
+will not be modified.  The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
+will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
+pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl object containing a list of all
 the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
 \fIpattern\fR.  In the case of an error, NULL is returned and an error
 message is left in the interpreter result, and otherwise the returned
 object will have a reference count of zero.
-.VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
 expression, mathematical function

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-expr(n), info(n), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
+expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtObjCmd.3,v 1.11 2004/10/07 15:15:36 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtObjCmd.3,v 1.11.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:41 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -30,17 +30,13 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, infoPtr\fR)
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 int
 \fBTcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken\fR(\fItoken, infoPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR(\fItoken, infoPtr\fR)
-.VE
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 const char *
-.VE
 \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR(\fIinterp, token\fR)
 .sp
 void
@@ -99,7 +95,6 @@ typedef int Tcl_ObjCmdProc(
        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
-.VS
        Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
 .CE
 When \fIproc\fR is invoked, the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters
@@ -125,7 +120,6 @@ object argument.  For instance, the user may call
 representation of that object; that call may change the type of the object
 that \fIobjv\fR[\fB2\fR] points at, but will not change where
 \fIobjv\fR[\fB2\fR] points.
-.VE
 .PP
 \fIproc\fR must return an integer code that is either \fBTCL_OK\fR,
 \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR, or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR.
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtSlave.3,v 1.14 2004/10/07 15:37:43 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: CrtSlave.3,v 1.14.2.1 2005/03/09 15:57:15 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_CreateSlave 3 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Vector of strings, the additional arguments to pass to the alias command.
 This storage is owned by the caller.
 .AP int objc in
 Count of additional object arguments to pass to the alias object command.
-.AP Tcl_Object **objv in
+.AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
 Vector of Tcl_Obj structures, the additional object arguments to pass to
 the alias object command.
 This storage is owned by the caller.
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: DString.3,v 1.11 2004/10/07 15:15:36 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: DString.3,v 1.11.2.1 2005/05/05 17:55:20 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_DString 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSu
 \fBTcl_DStringInit\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 char *
-\fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR(\fIdsPtr, string, length\fR)
+\fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR(\fIdsPtr, bytes, length\fR)
 .sp
 char *
-\fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR(\fIdsPtr, string\fR)
+\fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR(\fIdsPtr, element\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringStartSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -47,10 +47,12 @@ char *
 .AS Tcl_DString newLength in/out
 .AP Tcl_DString *dsPtr in/out
 Pointer to structure that is used to manage a dynamic string.
-.AP "const char" *string in
-Pointer to characters to add to dynamic string.
+.AP "const char" *bytes in
+Pointer to characters to append to dynamic string.
+.AP "const char" *element in
+Pointer to characters to append as list element to dynamic string.
 .AP int length in
-Number of characters from string to add to dynamic string.  If -1,
+Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string.  If -1,
 add all characters up to null terminating character.
 .AP int newLength in
 New length for dynamic string, not including null terminating
@@ -77,7 +79,7 @@ string.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR adds new information to a dynamic string,
 allocating more memory for the string if needed.
-If \fIlength\fR is less than zero then everything in \fIstring\fR
+If \fIlength\fR is less than zero then everything in \fIbytes\fR
 is appended to the dynamic string;  otherwise \fIlength\fR
 specifies the number of bytes to append.
 \fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR returns a pointer to the characters of
@@ -86,7 +88,7 @@ the new string.  The string can also be retrieved from the
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR is similar to \fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR
 except that it doesn't take a \fIlength\fR argument (it appends
-all of \fIstring\fR) and it converts the string to a proper list element
+all of \fIelement\fR) and it converts the string to a proper list element
 before appending.
 \fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR adds a separator space before the
 new list element unless the new list element is the first in a
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2005 Donal K. Fellows
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Ensemble.3,v 1.1.2.1 2005/01/20 19:12:28 kennykb Exp $
+'\" 
+'\" This documents the C API introduced in TIP#235
+'\" 
+.so man.macros
+.TH Tcl_Ensemble 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_CreateEnsemble, Tcl_FindEnsemble, Tcl_GetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_GetEnsembleNamespace, Tcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler, Tcl_GetEnsmelbeSubcommandList, Tcl_IsEnsemble, Tcl_SetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList, Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler \- manipulate ensemble commands
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+Tcl_Command
+\fBTcl_CreateEnsemble\fR(\fIinterp, name, namespacePtr, ensFlags\fR)
+.sp
+Tcl_Command
+\fBTcl_FindEnsemble\fR(\fIinterp, cmdNameObj, flags\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_IsEnsemble\fR(\fItoken\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleFlags\fR(\fIinterp, token, ensFlagsPtr\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_SetEnsembleFlags\fR(\fIinterp, token, ensFlags\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict\fR(\fIinterp, token, dictObjPtr\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR(\fIinterp, token, dictObj\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObj\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObj\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleNamespace\fR(\fIinterp, token, namespacePtrPtr\fR)
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.AS Tcl_Namespace **namespacePtrPtr in/out
+.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
+The interpreter in which the ensemble is to be created or found. Also
+where error result messages are written.
+.AP "const char" *name in
+The name of the ensemble command to be created.
+.AP Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr in
+The namespace to which the ensemble command is to be bound, or NULL
+for the current namespace.
+.AP int ensFlags in
+An ORed set of flag bits describing the basic configuration of the
+ensemble. Currently only one bit has meaning, TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX,
+which is present when the ensemble command should also match
+unambiguous prefixes of subcommands.
+.AP Tcl_Obj *cmdNameObj in
+A value holding the name of the ensemble command to look up.
+.AP int flags in
+An ORed set of flag bits controlling the behavior of
+\fBTcl_FindEnsemble\fR. Currently only TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG is supported.
+.AP Tcl_Command token in
+A normal command token that refers to an ensemble command, or which
+you wish to use for testing as an ensemble command in \fBTcl_IsEnsemble\fR.
+.AP int *ensFlagsPtr out
+Pointer to a variable into which to write the current ensemble flag
+bits; currently only the bit TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX is defined.
+.AP Tcl_Obj *dictObj in
+A dictionary value to use for the subcommand to implementation command
+prefix mapping dictionary in the ensemble. May be NULL if the mapping
+dictionary is to be removed.
+.AP Tcl_Obj **dictObjPtr out
+Pointer to a variable into which to write the current ensemble mapping
+dictionary.
+.AP Tcl_Obj *listObj in
+A list value to use for the defined list of subcommands in the
+dictionary or the unknown subcommmand handler command prefix. May be
+NULL if the subcommand list or unknown handler are to be removed.
+.AP Tcl_Obj **listObjPtr out
+Pointer to a variable into which to write the current defiend list of
+subcommands or the current unknown handler prefix.
+.AP Tcl_Namespace **namespacePtrPtr out
+Pointer to a variable into which to write the handle of the namespace
+to which the ensemble is bound.
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+An ensemble is a command, bound to some namespace, which consists of a
+collection of subcommands implemented by other Tcl commands. The first
+argument to the ensemble command is always interpreted as a selector
+that states what subcommand to execute.
+.PP
+Ensembles are created using \fBTcl_CreateEnsemble\fR, which takes four
+arguments: the interpreter to work within, the name of the ensemble to
+create, the namespace within the interpreter to bind the ensemble to,
+and the default set of ensemble flags. The result of the function is
+the command token for the ensemble, which may be used to further
+configure the ensemble using the API descibed below in \fBENSEMBLE
+PROPERTIES\fR.
+.PP
+Given the name of an ensemble command, the token for that command may
+be retrieved using \fBTcl_FindEnsemble\fR. If the given command name
+(in \fIcmdNameObj\fR) does not refer to an ensemble command, the
+result of the function is NULL and (if the TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG bit is
+set in \fIflags\fR) an error message is left in the interpreter
+result.
+.PP
+A command token may be checked to see if it refers to an ensemble
+using \fBTcl_IsEnsemble\fR. This returns 1 if the token refers to an
+ensemble, or 0 otherwise.
+.SS "ENSEMBLE PROPERTIES"
+Every ensemble has four read-write properties and a read-only
+property. The properties are:
+.TP
+\fBflags\fR (read-write)
+The set of flags for the ensemble, expressed as a
+bit-field. Currently, the only public flag is TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX
+which is set when unambiguous prefixes of subcommands are permitted to
+be resolved to implementations as well as exact matches. The flags may
+be read and written using \fBTcl_GetEnsembleFlags\fR and
+\fBTcl_SetEnsembleFlags\fR respectively. The result of both of those
+functions is a Tcl result code (TCL_OK, or TCL_ERROR if the token does
+not refer to an ensemble).
+.TP
+\fBmapping dictionary\fR (read-write)
+A dictionary containing a mapping from subcommand names to lists of
+words to use as a command prefix (replacing the first two words of the
+command which are the ensemble command itself and the subcommand
+name), or NULL if every subcommand is to be mapped to the command with
+the same unqualified name in the ensemble's bound namespace. Defaults
+to NULL. May be read and written using
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict\fR and \fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR
+respectively. The result of both of those functions is a Tcl result
+code (TCL_OK, or TCL_ERROR if the token does not refer to an
+ensemble) and the dictionary obtained from
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict\fR should always be treated as immutable
+even if it is unshared.
+.TP
+\fBsubcommand list\fR (read-write)
+A list of all the subcommand names for the ensemble, or NULL if this
+is to be derived from either the keys of the mapping dictionary (see
+above) or (if that is also NULL) from the set of commands exported by
+the bound namespace. May be read and written using
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR and
+\fBTcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR respectively. The result of both
+of those functions is a Tcl result code (TCL_OK, or TCL_ERROR if the
+token does not refer to an ensemble) and the list obtained from
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR should alays be treated as
+immutable even if it is unshared.
+.TP
+\fBunknown subcommand handler command prefix\fR (read-write)
+A list of words to prepend on the front of any subcommand when the
+subcommand is unknown to the ensemble (according to the current prefix
+handling rule); see the \fBnamespace ensemble\fR command for more
+details. If NULL, the default behavior \- generate a suitable error
+message \- will be used when an unknown subcommand is encountered. May
+be read and written using \fBTcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler\fR and
+\fBTcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler\fR respectively. The result of both
+functions is a Tcl result code (TCL_OK, or TCL_ERROR if the token does
+not refer to an ensemble) and the list obtained from
+\fBTcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler\fR should always be treated as
+immutable even if it is unshared.
+.TP
+\fBbound namespace\fR (read-only)
+The namespace to which the ensemble is bound; when the namespace is
+deleted, so too will the ensemble, and this namespace is also the
+namespace whose list of exported commands is used if both the mapping
+dictionary and the subcommand list properties are NULL. May be read
+using \fBTcl_GetEnsembleNamespace\fR which returns a Tcl result code
+(TCL_OK, or TCL_ERROR if the token does not refer to an ensemble).
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+namespace(n), Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(3)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Environment.3,v 1.4 2004/10/07 15:15:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Environment.3,v 1.4.2.1 2005/05/05 17:55:20 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_PutEnv 3 "7.5" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ Tcl_PutEnv \- procedures to manipulate the environment
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_PutEnv\fR(\fIstring\fR)
+\fBTcl_PutEnv\fR(\fIassignment\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS "const char" *string
-.AP "const char" *string in
-Info about environment variable in the form NAME=value. The string is
-in native format.
+.AS "const char" *assignment
+.AP "const char" *assignnment in
+Info about environment variable in the format NAME=value.
+The \fIassignment\fR argument is in the system encoding.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Eval.3,v 1.18 2004/10/07 15:15:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Eval.3,v 1.18.2.3 2005/09/15 20:58:38 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_Eval 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ int
 \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
+\fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ null terminating character.  If \-1, then all characters up to the
 first null byte are used.
 .AP "const char" *script in
 Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
-.AP char *string in
+.AP char *part in
 String forming part of a Tcl script.
 .AP va_list argList in
 An argument list which must have been initialized using
-\fBTCL_VARARGS_START\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -100,12 +100,10 @@ its contents as a Tcl script.  It returns the same information as
 \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 If the file couldn't be read then a Tcl error is returned to describe
 why the file couldn't be read.
-.VS 8.4
 The eofchar for files is '\\32' (^Z) for all platforms.
 If you require a ``^Z'' in code for string comparison, you can use
 ``\\032'' or ``\\u001a'', which will be safely substituted by the Tcl
 interpreter into ``^Z''.
-.VE 8.4
 .PP
 \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR executes a single pre-parsed command instead of a
 script.  The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments contain the values
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ExprLong.3,v 1.9 2004/10/07 16:05:13 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ExprLong.3,v 1.9.2.1 2005/05/05 17:55:21 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_ExprLong 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -17,21 +17,21 @@ Tcl_ExprLong, Tcl_ExprDouble, Tcl_ExprBoolean, Tcl_ExprString \- evaluate an exp
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ExprLong\fR(\fIinterp, string, longPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ExprLong\fR(\fIinterp, expr, longPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ExprDouble\fR(\fIinterp, string, doublePtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ExprDouble\fR(\fIinterp, expr, doublePtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ExprBoolean\fR(\fIinterp, string, booleanPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ExprBoolean\fR(\fIinterp, expr, booleanPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ExprString\fR(\fIinterp, string\fR)
+\fBTcl_ExprString\fR(\fIinterp, expr\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *booleanPtr out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-Interpreter in whose context to evaluate \fIstring\fR or \fIobjPtr\fR.
-.AP "const char" *string in
+Interpreter in whose context to evaluate \fIexpr\fR.
+.AP "const char" *expr in
 Expression to be evaluated.  
 .AP long *longPtr out
 Pointer to location in which to store the integer value of the
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ expression.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 These four procedures all evaluate the expression
-given by the \fIstring\fR argument
+given by the \fIexpr\fR argument
 and return the result in one of four different forms.
 The expression can have any of the forms accepted by the \fBexpr\fR command.
 Note that these procedures have been largely replaced by the
@@ -96,12 +96,6 @@ such as ``yes'' or ``no'', or else an error occurs.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ExprString\fR returns the value of the expression as a
 string stored in the interpreter's result.
-If the expression's actual value is an integer
-then \fBTcl_ExprString\fR converts it to a string using \fBsprintf\fR
-with a ``%d'' converter.
-If the expression's actual value is a floating-point
-number, then \fBTcl_ExprString\fR calls \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR
-to convert it to a string.

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_ExprLongObj, Tcl_ExprDoubleObj, Tcl_ExprBooleanObj, Tcl_ExprObj
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ExprLongObj.3,v 1.3 2001/09/03 09:38:50 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ExprLongObj.3,v 1.3.16.1 2005/05/05 17:55:21 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_ExprLongObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ int
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp **resultPtrPtr out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-Interpreter in whose context to evaluate \fIstring\fR or \fIobjPtr\fR.
+Interpreter in whose context to evaluate \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 Pointer to an object containing the expression to evaluate.
 .AP long *longPtr out
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: FileSystem.3,v 1.50 2004/10/07 15:15:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: FileSystem.3,v 1.50.2.4 2005/09/09 18:48:40 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Filesystem 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -209,6 +209,8 @@ Filled with the safe-init function for this code.
 .AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
 Filled with the clientData value to pass to this code's unload
 function when it is called.
+.AP Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr out
+Filled with an abstract token representing the loaded file.
 .AP Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc **unloadProcPtr out
 Filled with the function to use to unload this piece of code.
 .AP utimbuf *tval in
@@ -228,6 +230,17 @@ The base path on to which to join the given elements.  May be NULL.
 The number of elements in \fIobjv\fR.
 .AP "Tcl_Obj *const" objv[] in
 The elements to join to the given base path.
+.AP Tcl_Obj *linkNamePtr in
+The name of the link to be created or read.
+.AP Tcl_Obj *toPtr in
+What the link called \fIlinkNamePtr\fR should be linked to, or NULL if
+the symbolic link specified by \fIlinkNamePtr\fR is to be read.
+.AP int linkAction in
+OR-ed combination of flags indicating what kind of link should be
+created (will be ignored if \fItoPtr\fR is NULL). Valid bits to set
+are \fBTCL_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK\fR and \fBTCL_CREATE_HARD_LINK\fR.
+When both flags are set and the underlying filesystem can do either,
+symbolic links are preferred.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -363,8 +376,9 @@ directory for all files which match a given pattern.  The appropriate
 function for the filesystem to which \fIpathPtr\fR belongs will be called.
 .PP
 The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error
-occurred in globbing.  Error messages are placed in interp, but good
-results are placed in the resultPtr given.
+occurred in globbing.  Error messages are placed in interp (unless 
+interp is NULL, which is allowed), but good results are placed in the 
+resultPtr given.
 .PP
 Note that the \fBglob\fR code implements recursive patterns internally, so
 this function will only ever be passed simple patterns, which can be
@@ -607,7 +621,7 @@ which must store it or call \fBckfree\fR to ensure it is freed.  Again,
 \fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR or \fBTcl_GetNativePath\fR are usually
 better functions to use for most purposes.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_FSNewNativePath\fR performs something like that reverse of the
+\fBTcl_FSNewNativePath\fR performs something like the reverse of the
 usual obj->path->nativerep conversions.  If some code retrieves a path
 in native form (from, e.g. \fBreadlink\fR or a native dialog), and that path
 is to be used at the Tcl level, then calling this function is an
@@ -1082,9 +1096,10 @@ not, so code should be flexible to both possibilities.
 .PP
 The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error
 occurred in the matching process.  Error messages are placed in
-\fIinterp\fR; on a \fBTCL_OK\fR result, results should be added to the
-\fIresultPtr\fR object given (which can be assumed to be a valid
-unshared Tcl list).  The matches added
+\fIinterp\fR, unless \fIinterp\fR in NULL in which case no error
+message need be generated; on a \fBTCL_OK\fR result, results should be 
+added to the \fIresultPtr\fR object given (which can be assumed to be a 
+valid unshared Tcl list).  The matches added
 to \fIresultPtr\fR should include any path prefix given in \fIpathPtr\fR
 (this usually means they will be absolute path specifications).
 Note that if no matches are found, that simply leads to an empty
@@ -1403,7 +1418,7 @@ message is left in the \fIinterp\fR's result.  The function dynamically loads a
 binary code file into memory.  On a successful load, the \fIhandlePtr\fR
 should be filled with a token for the dynamically loaded file, and the
 \fIunloadProcPtr\fR should be filled in with the address of a procedure.
-The unload procedure will be called with the given Tcl_LoadHandle as its
+The unload procedure will be called with the given \fBTcl_LoadHandle\fR as its
 only parameter when Tcl needs to unload the file.  For example, for the
 native filesystem, the \fBTcl_LoadHandle\fR returned is currently a token
 which can be used in the private \fBTclpFindSymbol\fR to access functions
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: GetIndex.3,v 1.16 2004/10/07 16:05:13 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: GetIndex.3,v 1.16.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:41 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_GetIndexFromObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -18,12 +18,10 @@ Tcl_GetIndexFromObj, Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct \- lookup string in table of keyw
 int
 \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, tablePtr, msg, flags,
 indexPtr\fR)
-.VS
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, structTablePtr, offset,
                          msg, flags, indexPtr\fR)
-.VE
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const char" *structTablePtr in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -86,7 +84,6 @@ in \fItablePtr\fR are static: they must not change between
 invocations.  If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR is the empty string,
 \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR will treat it as a non-matching value
 and return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
-.VS
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct\fR works just like
 \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR, except that instead of treating
@@ -98,7 +95,6 @@ array of characters at \fItablePtr\fR+\fIoffset\fR bytes, etc.)
 This is particularly useful when processing things like
 \fBTk_ConfigurationSpec\fR, whose string keys are in the same place in
 each of several array elements.
-.VE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_WrongNumArgs
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: GetInt.3,v 1.7 2004/10/07 15:15:38 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: GetInt.3,v 1.7.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:21 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_GetInt 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -17,62 +17,64 @@ Tcl_GetInt, Tcl_GetDouble, Tcl_GetBoolean \- convert from string to integer, dou
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_GetInt\fR(\fIinterp, string, intPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_GetInt\fR(\fIinterp, src, intPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR(\fIinterp, string, doublePtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR(\fIinterp, src, doublePtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR(\fIinterp, string, boolPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR(\fIinterp, src, boolPtr\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *doublePtr out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter to use for error reporting.
-.AP "const char" *string in
+.AP "const char" *src in
 Textual value to be converted.
 .AP int *intPtr out
-Points to place to store integer value converted from \fIstring\fR.
+Points to place to store integer value converted from \fIsrc\fR.
 .AP double *doublePtr out
 Points to place to store double-precision floating-point
-value converted from \fIstring\fR.
+value converted from \fIsrc\fR.
 .AP int *boolPtr out
-Points to place to store boolean value (0 or 1) converted from \fIstring\fR.
+Points to place to store boolean value (0 or 1) converted from \fIsrc\fR.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 These procedures convert from strings to integers or double-precision
 floating-point values or booleans (represented as 0- or 1-valued
-integers).  Each of the procedures takes a \fIstring\fR argument,
+integers).  Each of the procedures takes a \fIsrc\fR argument,
 converts it to an internal form of a particular type, and stores
 the converted value at the location indicated by the procedure's
 third argument.  If all goes well, each of the procedures returns
-\fBTCL_OK\fR.  If \fIstring\fR doesn't have the proper syntax for the
+\fBTCL_OK\fR.  If \fIsrc\fR doesn't have the proper syntax for the
 desired type then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, an error message is left
 in the interpreter's result, and nothing is stored at *\fIintPtr\fR
 or *\fIdoublePtr\fR or *\fIboolPtr\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetInt\fR expects \fIstring\fR to consist of a collection
+\fBTcl_GetInt\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a collection
 of integer digits, optionally signed and optionally preceded by
-white space.  If the first two characters of \fIstring\fR are ``0x''
-then \fIstring\fR is expected to be in hexadecimal form;  otherwise,
-if the first character of \fIstring\fR is ``0'' then \fIstring\fR
-is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise, \fIstring\fR is
+white space.  If the first two characters of \fIsrc\fR
+after the optional white space and sign are ``0x''
+then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in hexadecimal form;  otherwise,
+if the first such character is ``0'' then \fIsrc\fR
+is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
 expected to be in decimal form.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIstring\fR to consist of a floating-point
+\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
 number, which is:  white space;  a sign; a sequence of digits;  a
-decimal point;  a sequence of digits;  the letter ``e'';  and a
-signed decimal exponent.  Any of the fields may be omitted, except that
+decimal point;  a sequence of digits;  the letter ``e'';  a
+signed decimal exponent ; and more white space.
+Any of the fields may be omitted, except that
 the digits either before or after the decimal point must be present
 and if the ``e'' is present then it must be followed by the
 exponent number.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR expects \fIstring\fR to specify a boolean
-value.  If \fIstring\fR is any of \fB0\fR, \fBfalse\fR,
+\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to specify a boolean
+value.  If \fIsrc\fR is any of \fB0\fR, \fBfalse\fR,
 \fBno\fR, or \fBoff\fR, then \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR stores a zero
 value at \fI*boolPtr\fR.
-If \fIstring\fR is any of \fB1\fR, \fBtrue\fR, \fByes\fR, or \fBon\fR,
+If \fIsrc\fR is any of \fB1\fR, \fBtrue\fR, \fByes\fR, or \fBon\fR,
 then 1 is stored at \fI*boolPtr\fR.
 Any of these values may be abbreviated, and upper-case spellings
 are also acceptable.
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: GetOpnFl.3,v 1.8 2004/10/07 15:15:38 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: GetOpnFl.3,v 1.8.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:22 kennykb Exp $
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_GetOpenFile 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .BS
@@ -15,13 +15,13 @@ Tcl_GetOpenFile \- Return a FILE* for a channel registered in the given interpre
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_GetOpenFile\fR(\fIinterp, string, write, checkUsage, filePtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_GetOpenFile\fR(\fIinterp, chanID, write, checkUsage, filePtr\fR)
 .sp
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp checkUsage out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Tcl interpreter from which file handle is to be obtained.
-.AP "const char" *string in
+.AP "const char" *chanID in
 String identifying channel, such as \fBstdin\fR or \fBfile4\fR.
 .AP int write in
 Non-zero means the file will be used for writing, zero means it will
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ If non-zero, then an error will be generated if the file wasn't opened
 for the access indicated by \fIwrite\fR.
 .AP ClientData *filePtr out
 Points to word in which to store pointer to FILE structure for
-the file given by \fIstring\fR.
+the file given by \fIchanID\fR.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -46,16 +46,14 @@ In some cases, such as a channel that connects to a pipeline of
 subprocesses, different FILE pointers will be returned for reading
 and writing.
 \fBTcl_GetOpenFile\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
-If an error occurs in \fBTcl_GetOpenFile\fR (e.g. \fIstring\fR didn't
+If an error occurs in \fBTcl_GetOpenFile\fR (e.g. \fIchanID\fR didn't
 make any sense or \fIcheckUsage\fR was set and the file wasn't opened
 for the access specified by \fIwrite\fR) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
 and the interpreter's result will contain an error message.
 In the current implementation \fIcheckUsage\fR is ignored and consistency
 checks are always performed.
-.VS
 .PP
 Note that this interface is only supported on the Unix platform.
-.VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
 channel, file handle, permissions, pipeline, read, write
@@ -16,10 +16,33 @@ Tcl_GetTime \- get date and time
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 \fBTcl_GetTime\fR(\fItimePtr\fR)
+.sp
+\fBTcl_SetTimeProc\fR(\fIgetProc, scaleProc, clientData\fR)
+.sp
+\fBTcl_QueryTimeProc\fR(\fIgetProcPtr, scaleProcPtr, clientDataPtr\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "Tcl_Time *" timePtr out
 .AP "Tcl_Time *" timePtr out
 Points to memory in which to store the date and time information.
+.AS "Tcl_GetTimeProc *" getProc in
+.AP "Tcl_GetTimeProc *" getProc in
+Pointer to handler function replacing Tcl_GetTime's access to the OS.
+.AS "Tcl_ScaleTimeProc *" scaleProc in
+.AP "Tcl_ScaleTimeProc *" scaleProc in
+Pointer to handler function for the conversion of time delays in the
+virtual domain to real-time.
+.AS "ClientData *" clientData in
+.AP "ClientData *" clientData in
+Value passed through to the two handler functions.
+.AS "Tcl_GetTimeProc **" getProcPtr inout
+.AP "Tcl_GetTimeProc **" getProcPtr inout
+Pointer to place the currently registered get handler function into.
+.AS "Tcl_ScaleTimeProc **" scaleProcPtr inout
+.AP "Tcl_ScaleTimeProc **" scaleProcPtr inout
+Pointer to place the currently registered scale handler function into.
+.AS "ClientData **" clientDataPtr inout
+.AP "ClientData **" clientDataPtr inout
+Pointer to place the currently registered pass-through value into.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -47,6 +70,32 @@ computer system.  On multiprocessor variants of Windows, this number
 may be limited to the 10- or 20-ms granularity of the system clock.
 (On single-processor Windows systems, the \fIusec\fR field is derived
 from a performance counter and is highly precise.)
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_SetTime\fR function registers two related handler functions
+with the core. The first handler function is a replacement for
+\fBTcl_GetTime\fR, or rather the OS access made by
+\fBTcl_GetTime\fR. The other handler function is used by the Tcl
+notifier to convert wait/block times from the virtual domain into real
+time.
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_QueryTime\fR function returns the currently registered
+handler functions. If no external handlers were set then this will
+return the standard handlers accessing and processing the native time
+of the OS. The arguments to the function are allowed to be NULL; and
+any argument which is NULL is ignored and not set.
+.PP
+Any handler pair specified has to return data which is consistent
+between them. In other words, setting one handler of the pair to
+something assuming a 10-times slowdown, and the other handler of the
+pair to something assuming a two-times slowdown is wrong and not
+allowed.
+.PP
+The set handler functions are allowed to run the delivered time
+backwards, however this should be avoided. We have to allow it as the
+native time can run backwards as the user can fiddle with the system
+time one way or other. Note that the insertion of the hooks will not
+change the behaviour of the Tcl core with regard to this situation,
+i.e. the existing behaviour is retained.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 clock
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: IntObj.3,v 1.6 2004/10/07 15:37:43 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: IntObj.3,v 1.6.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:41 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_IntObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -21,18 +21,14 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR(\fIlongValue\fR)
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR(\fIwideValue\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetIntObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, intValue\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, longValue\fR)
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, wideValue\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, intPtr\fR)
@@ -40,10 +36,8 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, longPtr\fR)
 .sp
-.VS 8.4
 int
 \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, widePtr\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_WideInt longValue in/out
 .AP int intValue in
@@ -51,20 +45,16 @@ Integer value used to initialize or set an integer object.
 .AP long longValue in
 Long integer value used to initialize or set an integer object.
 .AP Tcl_WideInt wideValue in
-.VS 8.4
 Wide integer value (minimum 64-bits wide where supported by the
 compiler) used to initialize or set a wide integer object.
-.VE 8.4
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
 For \fBTcl_SetIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR, and
-.VS 8.4
 \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR, this points to the object to be converted to
 integer type.  For \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR,
 and \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, this refers to the object from which
 to get an integer or long integer value; if \fIobjPtr\fR does not
 already point to an integer object (or a wide integer object in the
 case of \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR and \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR), an
-.VE 8.4
 attempt will be made to convert it to one.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
 If an error occurs during conversion,
@@ -77,10 +67,8 @@ obtained by \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR from \fIobjPtr\fR.
 Points to place to store the long integer value
 obtained by \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR from \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP Tcl_WideInt *widePtr out
-.VS 8.4
 Points to place to store the wide integer value
 obtained by \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR from \fIobjPtr\fR.
-.VE 8.4
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -91,17 +79,14 @@ integer and wide integer Tcl objects from C code.
 \fBTcl_SetIntObj\fR, and \fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR
 create a new object of integer type
 or modify an existing object to have integer type,
-.VS 8.4
 and \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR create a new
 object of wide integer type or modify an existing object to have wide
 integer type. 
-.VE 8.4
 \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetIntObj\fR set the object to have the
 integer value given by \fIintValue\fR,
 \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR
 set the object to have the
 long integer value given by \fIlongValue\fR,
-.VS 8.4
 and \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR set the object
 to have the wide integer value given by \fIwideValue\fR.
 \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR and \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR
@@ -111,19 +96,16 @@ and assign the integer value to the object's internal representation
 \fIlongValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR member (as appropriate).
 \fBTcl_SetIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR
 and \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR
-.VE 8.4
 invalidate any old string representation and,
 if the object is not already an integer object,
 free any old internal representation.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR
 attempt to return an integer value from the Tcl object \fIobjPtr\fR,
-.VS 8.4
 and \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR attempts to return a wide integer
 value from the Tcl object \fIobjPtr\fR.
 If the object is not already an integer object,
 or a wide integer object in the case of \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR
-.VE 8.4
 they will attempt to convert it to one.
 If an error occurs during conversion, they return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
 and leave an error message in the interpreter's result object
@@ -135,10 +117,8 @@ and leaves an error message in the interpreter's result object
 unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
 Otherwise, all three procedures return \fBTCL_OK\fR and
 store the integer, long integer value
-.VS 8.4
 or wide integer in the address given by \fIintPtr\fR, \fIlongPtr\fR
 and \fIwidePtr\fR
-.VE 8.4
 respectively.  If the object is not already an integer or wide integer
 object, the conversion will free any old internal representation.

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Interp.3,v 1.7 2004/11/12 09:01:25 das Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Interp.3,v 1.7.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:41 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_Interp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ should point to an empty string.
 Normally, results are assumed to be statically allocated,
 which means that the contents will not change before the next time
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR is called or some other command procedure is invoked.
-.VS
 In this case, the \fIfreeProc\fR field must be zero.
 Alternatively, a command procedure may dynamically
 allocate its return value (e.g. using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
@@ -69,7 +68,6 @@ In this case, the command procedure must also set \fIinterp->freeProc\fR
 to the address of a procedure that can free the value, or \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR
 if the storage was allocated directly by Tcl or by a call to
 \fBTcl_Alloc\fR. 
-.VE
 If \fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then Tcl will call \fIfreeProc\fR
 to free the space pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR before it
 invokes the next command.
@@ -81,10 +79,8 @@ macro should be used for this purpose).
 \fIFreeProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
 \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR declaration above:  it receives a single
 argument which is a pointer to the result value to free.
-.VS
 In most applications \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR is the only non-zero value ever
 used for \fIfreeProc\fR.
-.VE
 However, an application may store a different procedure address
 in \fIfreeProc\fR in order to use an alternate memory allocator
 or in order to do other cleanup when the result memory is freed.
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: LinkVar.3,v 1.9 2004/10/07 15:15:38 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: LinkVar.3,v 1.9.2.2 2005/09/09 18:48:40 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_LinkVar 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -28,16 +28,23 @@ int
 Interpreter that contains \fIvarName\fR.
 Also used by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR to return error messages.
 .AP "const char" *varName in
-Name of global variable.  
+Name of global variable.
 .AP char *addr in
 Address of C variable that is to be linked to \fIvarName\fR.
 .AP int type in
-Type of C variable.  Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR,
-.VS 8.4
+Type of C variable.  Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
+.VS 8.5
+\fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR,
+\fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR,
+\fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR,
+.VE 8.5
 \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR,
-.VE 8.4
-\fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR, optionally OR'ed with
-\fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make Tcl variable read-only.
+.VS 8.5
+\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR,
+.VE 8.5
+\fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or
+\fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR, optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR
+to make Tcl variable read-only.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -63,6 +70,61 @@ Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors.
+.VS 8.5
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
+integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
+platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned int\fR type; attempts to
+write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
+\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBchar\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
+form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
+\fBchar\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
+values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
+integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
+platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned char\fR type; attempts to
+write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
+\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBshort\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
+form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
+\fBshort\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
+values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
+integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
+platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned short\fR type; attempts to
+write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
+\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBlong\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
+form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR; attempts to write
+non-integer or out-of-range
+values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
+integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
+platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned long\fR type; attempts to
+write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
+\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.VE 8.5
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR
 The C variable is of type \fBdouble\fR.
@@ -70,16 +132,37 @@ Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-real values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors.
+.VS 8.5
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBfloat\fR.
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
+form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR and must be within the
+range acceptable for a \fBfloat\fR; attempts to
+write non-real values (or values outside the range) into
+\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors.
+.VE 8.5
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR
-.VS 8.4
 The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR (which is an integer type
 at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support it.)
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors.
-.VE 8.4
+.VS 8.5
+.TP
+\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR
+The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR (which is an unsigned
+integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support
+it.)
+Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
+integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR (it will be
+cast to unsigned);
+'\" FIXME! Use bignums instead.
+attempts to write non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be
+rejected with Tcl errors.
+.VE 8.5
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR
 The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
@@ -94,10 +177,8 @@ Tcl errors.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR
 The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
-.VS
 If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
 allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
-.VE
 Whenever the Tcl variable is modified the current C string will be
 freed and new memory will be allocated to hold a copy of the variable's
 new value.
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ListObj.3,v 1.8 2004/10/07 16:05:14 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ListObj.3,v 1.8.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:41 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_ListObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -151,8 +151,9 @@ has reference count zero.
 the elements in a list object.  It returns the count by storing it in the
 address \fIobjcPtr\fR.  Similarly, it returns the array pointer by storing
 it in the address \fIobjvPtr\fR.
-The memory pointed to is managed by Tcl and should not be freed by the
-caller.
+The memory pointed to is managed by Tcl and should not be freed or written
+to by the caller. If the list is empty, 0 is stored at \fIobjcPtr\fR
+and NULL at \fIobjvPtr\fR.
 If \fIlistPtr\fR is not already a list object, \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR
 will attempt to convert it to one; if the conversion fails, it returns
 \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the interpreter's result
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Notifier.3,v 1.13 2004/11/25 16:01:16 vasiljevic Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Notifier.3,v 1.13.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Notifier 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ void
 .sp
 void
 \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR(\fIevPtr, position\fR)
-.VS 8.1
 .sp
 void
 \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR(\fIthreadId, evPtr, position\fR)
@@ -67,7 +66,6 @@ int
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_SetServiceMode\fR(\fImode\fR)
-.VE

 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_EventDeleteProc *deleteProc
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Object.3,v 1.10 2004/10/07 15:15:38 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Object.3,v 1.10.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_Obj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
 } Tcl_Obj;
 .CE
 The \fIbytes\fR and the \fIlength\fR members together hold
-.VS 8.1
 an object's UTF-8 string representation,
 which is a \fIcounted string\fR not containing null bytes (UTF-8 null
 characters should be encoded as a two byte sequence: 192, 128.)
@@ -139,7 +138,6 @@ The byte array must always have a null byte after the last data byte,
 at offset \fIlength\fR;
 this allows string representations
 to be treated as conventional null-terminated C strings.
-.VE 8.1
 C programs use \fBTcl_GetStringFromObj\fR and \fBTcl_GetString\fR to get
 an object's string representation.
 If \fIbytes\fR is NULL,
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: OpenFileChnl.3,v 1.29 2004/10/07 15:37:44 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: OpenFileChnl.3,v 1.29.2.2 2005/07/12 20:36:15 kennykb Exp $
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_OpenFileChannel 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_OpenFileChannel, Tcl_OpenCommandChannel, Tcl_MakeFileChannel, Tcl_GetChannel, Tcl_GetChannelNames, Tcl_GetChannelNamesEx, Tcl_RegisterChannel, Tcl_UnregisterChannel, Tcl_DetachChannel, Tcl_IsStandardChannel, Tcl_Close, Tcl_ReadChars, Tcl_Read, Tcl_GetsObj, Tcl_Gets, Tcl_WriteObj, Tcl_WriteChars, Tcl_Write, Tcl_Flush, Tcl_Seek, Tcl_Tell, Tcl_GetChannelOption, Tcl_SetChannelOption, Tcl_Eof, Tcl_InputBlocked, Tcl_InputBuffered, Tcl_OutputBuffered, Tcl_Ungets, Tcl_ReadRaw, Tcl_WriteRaw \- buffered I/O facilities using channels
+Tcl_OpenFileChannel, Tcl_OpenCommandChannel, Tcl_MakeFileChannel, Tcl_GetChannel, Tcl_GetChannelNames, Tcl_GetChannelNamesEx, Tcl_RegisterChannel, Tcl_UnregisterChannel, Tcl_DetachChannel, Tcl_IsStandardChannel, Tcl_Close, Tcl_ReadChars, Tcl_Read, Tcl_GetsObj, Tcl_Gets, Tcl_WriteObj, Tcl_WriteChars, Tcl_Write, Tcl_Flush, Tcl_Seek, Tcl_Tell, Tcl_TruncateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelOption, Tcl_SetChannelOption, Tcl_Eof, Tcl_InputBlocked, Tcl_InputBuffered, Tcl_OutputBuffered, Tcl_Ungets, Tcl_ReadRaw, Tcl_WriteRaw \- buffered I/O facilities using channels
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -89,11 +89,9 @@ int
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_InputBuffered\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
-.VS 8.4
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_OutputBuffered\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
-.VE
 .sp
 Tcl_WideInt
 \fBTcl_Seek\fR(\fIchannel, offset, seekMode\fR)
@@ -101,6 +99,11 @@ Tcl_WideInt
 Tcl_WideInt
 \fBTcl_Tell\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
 .sp
+.VS 8.5
+int
+\fBTcl_TruncateChannel\fR(\fIchannel, length\fR)
+.VE 8.5
+.sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetChannelOption\fR(\fIinterp, channel, optionName, optionValue\fR)
 .sp
@@ -198,6 +201,8 @@ given by \fIseekMode\fR.  May be either positive or negative.
 Relative to which point to seek; used with \fIoffset\fR to calculate the new
 access point for the channel. Legal values are \fBSEEK_SET\fR,
 \fBSEEK_CUR\fR, and \fBSEEK_END\fR.
+.AP Tcl_WideInt length in
+The (non-negative) length to truncate the channel the channel to.
 .AP "const char" *optionName in
 The name of an option applicable to this channel, such as \fB\-blocking\fR.
 May have any of the values accepted by the \fBfconfigure\fR command.
@@ -594,6 +599,14 @@ After an error, the access point may or may not have been moved.
 \fBTcl_Tell\fR returns the current access point for a channel. The returned
 value is \-1 if the channel does not support seeking.

+.SH TCL_TRUNCATECHANNEL
+.PP
+.VS 8.5
+\fBTcl_TruncateChannel\fR truncates the file underlying \fIchannel\fR
+to a given \fIlength\fR of bytes. It returns \fBTCL_OK\fR if the
+operation succeeded, and \fBTCL_ERROR\fR otherwise.
+.VE 8.5
+
 .SH TCL_GETCHANNELOPTION
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetChannelOption\fR retrieves, in \fIoptionValue\fR, the value of one of
@@ -643,11 +656,9 @@ buffered in the internal buffers for a channel. If the channel is not open
 for reading, this function always returns zero.

 .SH TCL_OUTPUTBUFFERED
-.VS 8.4
 \fBTcl_OutputBuffered\fR returns the number of bytes of output
 currently buffered in the internal buffers for a channel. If the
 channel is not open for writing, this function always returns zero.
-.VE

 .SH "PLATFORM ISSUES"
 .PP
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: OpenTcp.3,v 1.8 2004/10/07 15:15:42 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: OpenTcp.3,v 1.8.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_OpenTcpClient 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .BS
@@ -163,13 +163,11 @@ If one of the standard channels, \fBstdin, stdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR was
 previously closed, the act of creating the new channel also assigns it as a
 replacement for the standard channel.

-.VS
 .SH "PLATFORM ISSUES"
 .PP
 On Unix platforms, the socket handle is a Unix file descriptor as
 returned by the \fBsocket\fR system call.  On the Windows platform, the
 socket handle is a \fBSOCKET\fR as defined in the WinSock API.
-.VE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_RegisterChannel(3), vwait(n)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Panic.3,v 1.7 2004/10/07 15:15:47 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Panic.3,v 1.7.2.1 2005/09/15 20:58:38 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ A printf-style format string.
 Arguments matching the format string.
 .AP va_list argList in
 An argument list of arguments matching the format string.
-Must have been initialized using \fBTCL_VARARGS_START\fR,
+Must have been initialized using \fBva_start\fR,
 and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc in
 Procedure to report fatal error message and abort.
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ParseCmd.3,v 1.18 2004/10/07 16:05:15 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: ParseCmd.3,v 1.18.2.3 2005/09/26 20:16:53 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_ParseCommand 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -16,22 +16,22 @@ Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_Par
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR(\fIinterp, string, numBytes, nested, parsePtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR(\fIinterp, start, numBytes, nested, parsePtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR(\fIinterp, string, numBytes, parsePtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR(\fIinterp, start, numBytes, parsePtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR(\fIinterp, string, numBytes, parsePtr, append, termPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR(\fIinterp, start, numBytes, parsePtr, append, termPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR(\fIinterp, string, numBytes, parsePtr, append, termPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR(\fIinterp, start, numBytes, parsePtr, append, termPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR(\fIinterp, string, numBytes, parsePtr, append\fR)
+\fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR(\fIinterp, start, numBytes, parsePtr, append\fR)
 .sp
 const char *
-\fBTcl_ParseVar\fR(\fIinterp, string, termPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ParseVar\fR(\fIinterp, start, termPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
 For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
 determines the context for evaluating the
 script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
-.AP "const char" *string in
+.AP "const char" *start in
 Pointer to first character in string to parse.
 .AP int numBytes in
-Number of bytes in \fIstring\fR, not including any terminating null
+Number of bytes in string to parse, not including any terminating null
 character.  If less than 0 then the script consists of all characters
-in \fIstring\fR up to the first null character.
+following \fIstart\fR up to the first null character.
 .AP int nested in
 Non-zero means that the script is part of a command substitution so an
 unquoted close bracket should be treated as a command terminator.  If zero,
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ result, and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR parses Tcl expressions.
 Given a pointer to a script containing an expression,
-\fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR parses the expression.
+\fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR parses the expression.
 If the expression was parsed successfully,
 \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR and fills in the
 structure pointed to by \fIparsePtr\fR with information about the
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ result, and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR.
 \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR parses a string or command argument
 enclosed in braces such as
 \fB{hello}\fR or \fB{string \\t with \\t tabs}\fR
-from the beginning of its argument \fIstring\fR.
-The first character of \fIstring\fR must be \fB{\fR. 
+from the beginning of its argument \fIstart\fR.
+The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB{\fR. 
 If the braced string was parsed successfully,
 \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR,
 fills in the structure pointed to by \fIparsePtr\fR
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR or \fI*termPtr\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR parses a double-quoted string such as
 \fB"sum is [expr $a+$b]"\fR
-from the beginning of the argument \fIstring\fR.
-The first character of \fIstring\fR must be \fB"\fR. 
+from the beginning of the argument \fIstart\fR.
+The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB"\fR. 
 If the double-quoted string was parsed successfully,
 \fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR,
 fills in the structure pointed to by \fIparsePtr\fR
@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR or \fI*termPtr\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR parses a Tcl variable reference such as
 \fB$abc\fR or \fB$x([expr $index + 1])\fR from the beginning of its
-\fIstring\fR argument.
-The first character of \fIstring\fR must be \fB$\fR. 
+\fIstart\fR argument.
+The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB$\fR. 
 If a variable name was parsed successfully, \fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR
 returns \fBTCL_OK\fR and fills in the structure pointed to by
 \fIparsePtr\fR with information about the structure of the variable name
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result (if \fIinterp\fR isn't
 NULL), and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ParseVar\fR parse a Tcl variable reference such as \fB$abc\fR
-or \fB$x([expr $index + 1])\fR from the beginning of its \fIstring\fR
-argument.  The first character of \fIstring\fR must be \fB$\fR.  If
+or \fB$x([expr $index + 1])\fR from the beginning of its \fIstart\fR
+argument.  The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB$\fR.  If
 the variable name is parsed successfully, \fBTcl_ParseVar\fR returns a
 pointer to the string value of the variable.  If an error occurs while
 parsing, then NULL is returned and an error message is left in
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ prefix \fB{expand}\fR, indicating that after substitution,
 the list value of this word should be expanded to form multiple
 arguments in command evaluation.  This
 token type can only be created by Tcl_ParseCommand.
-.VE
+.VE 8.5
 .TP
 \fBTCL_TOKEN_TEXT\fR
 The token describes a range of literal text that is part of a word.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Tcl_Parse structure depends on the contents of the quoted string.
 It will consist of one or more \fBTCL_TOKEN_TEXT\fR, \fBTCL_TOKEN_BS\fR,
 \fBTCL_TOKEN_COMMAND\fR, and \fBTCL_TOKEN_VARIABLE\fR sub-tokens.
 The array always contains at least one token;
-for example, if the argument \fIstring\fR is empty,
+for example, if the argument \fIstart\fR is empty,
 the array returned consists of a single \fBTCL_TOKEN_TEXT\fR token
 with a zero \fIsize\fR field.
 Only the token information in the Tcl_Parse structure
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ the \fIcommentStart\fR, \fIcommentSize\fR,
 .PP
 All of the character pointers in the
 Tcl_Parse and Tcl_Token structures refer
-to characters in the \fIstring\fR argument passed to
+to characters in the \fIstart\fR argument passed to
 \fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
 \fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR, and \fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR.
 .PP
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: PrintDbl.3,v 1.5 2004/10/07 14:44:33 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: PrintDbl.3,v 1.5.2.2 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_PrintDouble 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -20,12 +20,10 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-.VS
 Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
 controlled the conversion.  As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
 the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
 that is now shared by all interpreters.
-.VE
 .AP double value in
 Floating-point value to be converted.
 .AP char *dst out
@@ -42,6 +40,15 @@ special twist: the string is guaranteed to contain either
 a ``.'' or an ``e'' so that it doesn't look like an integer.  Where
 \fB%g\fR would generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR
 adds ``.0''.
+.VS 8.5
+.PP
+If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
+precisely that many digits of significance.  If the value is zero
+(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
+represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
+will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
+IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
+.VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
 conversion, double-precision, floating-point, string
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: RegExp.3,v 1.20 2004/10/07 16:22:16 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: RegExp.3,v 1.20.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:22 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_RegExpMatch 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Tcl_RegExpMatch, Tcl_RegExpCompile, Tcl_RegExpExec, Tcl_RegExpRange, Tcl_GetRegE
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIstrObj\fR, \fIpatObj\fR)
+\fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fItextObj\fR, \fIpatObj\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIstring\fR, \fIpattern\fR)
+\fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fItext\fR, \fIpattern\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_RegExp
 \fBTcl_RegExpCompile\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIpattern\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_RegExpExec\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIregexp\fR, \fIstring\fR, \fIstart\fR)
+\fBTcl_RegExpExec\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIregexp\fR, \fItext\fR, \fIstart\fR)
 .sp
 void
 \fBTcl_RegExpRange\fR(\fIregexp\fR, \fIindex\fR, \fIstartPtr\fR, \fIendPtr\fR)
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Tcl_RegExp
 \fBTcl_GetRegExpFromObj\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIpatObj\fR, \fIcflags\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_RegExpExecObj\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIregexp\fR, \fIobjPtr\fR, \fIoffset\fR, \fInmatches\fR, \fIeflags\fR)
+\fBTcl_RegExpExecObj\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIregexp\fR, \fItextObj\fR, \fIoffset\fR, \fInmatches\fR, \fIeflags\fR)
 .sp
 void
 \fBTcl_RegExpGetInfo\fR(\fIregexp\fR, \fIinfoPtr\fR)
@@ -46,46 +46,39 @@ void
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Tcl interpreter to use for error reporting.  The interpreter may be
 NULL if no error reporting is desired.
-.AP Tcl_Obj *strObj in/out
-Refers to the object from which to get the string to search.  The
+.AP Tcl_Obj *textObj in/out
+Refers to the object from which to get the text to search.  The
 internal representation of the object may be converted to a form that
 can be efficiently searched.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *patObj in/out
 Refers to the object from which to get a regular expression. The
 compiled regular expression is cached in the object.
-.AP char *string in
-String to check for a match with a regular expression.
+.AP char *text in
+Text to search for a match with a regular expression.
 .AP "const char" *pattern in
 String in the form of a regular expression pattern.
 .AP Tcl_RegExp regexp in
 Compiled regular expression.  Must have been returned previously
 by \fBTcl_GetRegExpFromObj\fR or \fBTcl_RegExpCompile\fR.
 .AP char *start in
-If \fIstring\fR is just a portion of some other string, this argument
+If \fItext\fR is just a portion of some other string, this argument
 identifies the beginning of the larger string.
-If it isn't the same as \fIstring\fR, then no \fB^\fR matches
+If it isn't the same as \fItext\fR, then no \fB^\fR matches
 will be allowed.
 .AP int index in
 Specifies which range is desired:  0 means the range of the entire
 match, 1 or greater means the range that matched a parenthesized
 sub-expression.
 .AP "const char" **startPtr out
-.VS 8.4
 The address of the first character in the range is stored here, or
 NULL if there is no such range.
-.VE 8.4
 .AP "const char" **endPtr out
-.VS 8.4
 The address of the character just after the last one in the range
 is stored here, or NULL if there is no such range.
-.VE 8.4
 .AP int cflags in
 OR-ed combination of compilation flags. See below for more information.
-.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
-An object which contains the string to check for a match with a
-regular expression.
 .AP int offset in
-The character offset into the string where matching should begin.
+The character offset into the text where matching should begin.
 The value of the offset has no impact on \fB^\fR matches.  This
 behavior is controlled by \fIeflags\fR.
 .AP int nmatches in
@@ -115,7 +108,7 @@ If an error occurs in the matching process (e.g. \fIpattern\fR
 is not a valid regular expression) then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR
 returns \-1 and leaves an error message in the interpreter result.
 \fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR except it
-operates on the Tcl objects \fIstrObj\fR and \fIpatObj\fR instead of
+operates on the Tcl objects \fItextObj\fR and \fIpatObj\fR instead of
 UTF strings. 
 \fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is generally more efficient than
 \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR, so it is the preferred interface.
@@ -134,7 +127,7 @@ up to the next call to \fBTcl_RegExpCompile\fR;  it is not safe to
 retain these values for long periods of time.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_RegExpExec\fR executes the regular expression pattern matcher.
-It returns 1 if \fIstring\fR contains a range of characters that
+It returns 1 if \fItext\fR contains a range of characters that
 match \fIregexp\fR, 0 if no match is found, and
 \-1 if an error occurs.
 In the case of an error, \fBTcl_RegExpExec\fR leaves an error
@@ -143,14 +136,14 @@ When searching a string for multiple matches of a pattern,
 it is important to distinguish between the start of the original
 string and the start of the current search.
 For example, when searching for the second occurrence of a
-match, the \fIstring\fR argument might point to the character
+match, the \fItext\fR argument might point to the character
 just after the first match;  however, it is important for the
 pattern matcher to know that this is not the start of the entire string,
 so that it doesn't allow \fB^\fR atoms in the pattern to match.
 The \fIstart\fR argument provides this information by pointing
-to the start of the overall string containing \fIstring\fR.
-\fIStart\fR will be less than or equal to \fIstring\fR;  if it
-is less than \fIstring\fR then no \fB^\fR matches will be allowed.
+to the start of the overall string containing \fItext\fR.
+\fIStart\fR will be less than or equal to \fItext\fR;  if it
+is less than \fItext\fR then no \fB^\fR matches will be allowed.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_RegExpRange\fR may be invoked after \fBTcl_RegExpExec\fR
 returns;  it provides detailed information about what ranges of
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: SaveResult.3,v 1.4 2004/11/20 00:17:31 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: SaveResult.3,v 1.4.2.2 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -17,18 +17,18 @@ Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveRes
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 Tcl_InterpState
-\fBTcl_SaveInterpState(\fIinterp, status\fB)\fR
+\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, status\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState(\fIinterp, state\fB)\fR
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, state\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState(\fIstate\fB)\fR
+\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR(\fIstate\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_SaveResult(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fB)\fR
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_RestoreResult(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fB)\fR
+\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_DiscardResult(\fIsavedPtr\fB)\fR
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB-errorcode\fR or
 \fB-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
 .PP
 Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fB, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
 a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
 any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
-The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fB, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fB,
-and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fB continue to exist only for the sake
+The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
+and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
 of existing programs that may already be using them.  
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ must eventually be passed to either \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
 or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR to avoid a memory leak.  Once
 the \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token is passed to one of them, the
 token is no longer valid and should not be used anymore.
-.VE
+.VE 8.5
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the string and object results
 of \fIinterp\fR into the location specified by \fIstatePtr\fR.
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries <andreas_kupries@users.sourceforge.net>
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: SetChanErr.3,v 1.1.2.2 2005/08/25 15:46:30 dgp Exp $
+.so man.macros
+.TH Tcl_SetChannelError 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_SetChannelError, Tcl_SetChannelErrorInterp, Tcl_GetChannelError, Tcl_GetChannelErrorInterp \- functions to create/intercept Tcl errors by channel drivers.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR(\fIchan, msg\fR)
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR(\fIinterp, msg\fR)
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_GetChannelError\fR(\fIchan, msgPtr\fR)
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_GetChannelErrorInterp\fR(\fIinterp, msgPtr\fR)
+.sp
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.AS Tcl_Channel chan
+.AP Tcl_Channel chan in
+Refers to the Tcl channel whose bypass area is accessed.
+.AP Tcl_Interp* interp in
+Refers to the Tcl interpreter whose bypass area is accessed.
+.AP Tcl_Obj* msg in
+Error message put into a bypass area.  A list of return options and
+values, followed by a string message.  Both message and the
+option/value information are optional.
+.AP Tcl_Obj** msgPtr out
+Reference to a place where the message stored in the accessed bypass
+area can be stored in.
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The current definition of a Tcl channel driver does not permit the
+direct return of arbitrary error messages, except for the setting and
+retrieval of channel options. All other functions are restricted to
+POSIX error codes.
+.PP
+The functions described here overcome this limitation. Channel drivers
+are allowed to use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR and
+\fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR to place arbitrary error messages in
+\fBbypass areas\fI defined for channels and interpreters. And the
+generic I/O layer uses \fBTcl_GetChannelError\fR and
+\fBTcl_GetChannelErrorInterp\fR to look for messages in the bypass
+areas and arrange for their return as errors. The posix error codes
+set by a driver are used now if and only if no messages are present.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR stores error information in the bypass area
+of the specified channel. The number of references to the \fBmsg\fI
+object goes up by one. Previously stored information will be
+discarded, by releasing the reference held by the channel. The channel
+reference must not be NULL.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR stores error information in the bypass
+area of the specified interpreter. The number of references to the
+\fBmsg\fI object goes up by one. Previously stored information will be
+discarded, by releasing the reference held by the interpreter. The
+interpreter reference must not be NULL.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetChannelError\fR places either the error message held in the
+bypass area of the specified channel into \fImsgPtr\fR, or NULL; and
+resets the bypass. I.e. after an invokation all following invokations
+will return NULL, until an intervening invokation of
+\fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR with a non-NULL message. The \fImsgPtr\fR
+must not be NULL. The reference count of the message is not touched.
+The reference previously held by the channel is now held by the caller
+of the function and it is its responsibility to release that reference
+when it is done with the object.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetChannelErrorInterp\fR places either the error message held
+in the bypass area of the specified interpreter into \fImsgPtr\fR, or
+NULL; and resets the bypass. I.e. after an invokation all following
+invokations will return NULL, until an intervening invokation of
+\fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR with a non-NULL message. The
+\fImsgPtr\fR must not be NULL. The reference count of the message is
+not touched.  The reference previously held by the interpreter is now
+held by the caller of the function and it is its responsibility to
+release that reference when it is done with the object.
+.PP
+Which functions of a channel driver are allowed to use which bypass
+function is listed below, as is which functions of the public channel
+API may leave a messages in the bypass areas.
+.PP
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR, and only this function.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR
+Has already the ability to pass arbitrary error messages. Must
+\fBnot\fR use any of the new functions.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverGetOptionProc\fR
+Has already the ability to pass arbitrary error messages. Must
+\fBnot\fR use any of the new functions.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverWatchProc\fR
+Must \fBnot\fR use any of the new functions. Is internally called and
+has no ability to return any type of error whatsoever.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverBlockModeProc\fR
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverGetHandleProc\fR
+Must \fBnot\fR use any of the new functions. It is only a low-level
+function, and not used by Tcl commands.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverHandlerProc\fR
+Must \fBnot\fR use any of the new functions. Is internally called and
+has no ability to return any type of error whatsoever.
+.PP
+Given the information above the following public functions of the Tcl
+C API are affected by these changes. I.e. when these functions are
+called the channel may now contain a stored arbitrary error message
+requiring processing by the caller.
+.PP
+.IP \fBTcl_StackChannel\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_Seek\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_Tell\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_ReadRaw\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_Read\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_Gets\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_GetsObj\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_Flush\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_WriteRaw\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_WriteObj\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_Write\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR
+.PP
+All other API functions are unchanged. Especially the functions below
+leave all their error information in the interpreter result.
+.PP
+.IP \fBTcl_Close\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_UnregisterChannel\fR
+.IP \fBTcl_UnstackChannel\fR
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+Tcl_Close(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_SetErrno(3)
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+channel driver, error messages, channel type
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: SetResult.3,v 1.11 2004/10/07 15:15:48 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: SetResult.3,v 1.11.2.2 2005/09/15 20:58:38 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -21,16 +21,16 @@ Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_Appe
 Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_SetResult\fR(\fIinterp, string, freeProc\fR)
+\fBTcl_SetResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, freeProc\fR)
 .sp
 const char *
 \fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, string, string, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
+\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, string\fR)
+\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
@@ -41,16 +41,19 @@ const char *
 Interpreter whose result is to be modified or read.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 Object value to become result for \fIinterp\fR.
-.AP char *string in
+.AP char *result in
 String value to become result for \fIinterp\fR or to be
 appended to the existing result.
+.AP char *element in
+String value to append as a list element
+to the existing result of \fIinterp\fR.
 .AP Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc in
 Address of procedure to call to release storage at
-\fIstring\fR, or \fBTCL_STATIC\fR, \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, or
+\fIresult\fR, or \fBTCL_STATIC\fR, \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, or
 \fBTCL_VOLATILE\fR.
 .AP va_list argList in
 An argument list which must have been initialized using
-\fBTCL_VARARGS_START\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -87,17 +90,17 @@ they should use \fBTcl_IncrRefCount\fR to increment its reference count
 in order to keep it from being freed too early or accidentally changed.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
-arranges for \fIstring\fR to be the result for the current Tcl
+arranges for \fIresult\fR to be the result for the current Tcl
 command in \fIinterp\fR, replacing any existing result.
 The \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how to manage the storage
-for the \fIstring\fR argument;
+for the \fIresult\fR argument;
 it is discussed in the section
 \fBTHE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT\fR below.
-If \fIstring\fR is \fBNULL\fR, then \fIfreeProc\fR is ignored
+If \fIresult\fR is \fBNULL\fR, then \fIfreeProc\fR is ignored
 and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
 re-initializes \fIinterp\fR's result to point to an empty string.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR returns the result for \fIinterp\fR as an string.
+\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR returns the result for \fIinterp\fR as a string.
 If the result was set to an object by a \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR call,
 the object form will be converted to a string and returned.
 If the object's string representation contains null bytes,
@@ -118,12 +121,12 @@ and the result is left as a empty string.
 and \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR makes it easy to build up Tcl results in pieces.
-It takes each of its \fIstring\fR arguments and appends them in order
+It takes each of its \fIresult\fR arguments and appends them in order
 to the current result associated with \fIinterp\fR.
 If the result is in its initialized empty state (e.g. a command procedure
 was just invoked or \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR was just called),
 then \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR sets the result to the concatenation of
-its \fIstring\fR arguments.
+its \fIresult\fR arguments.
 \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR may be called repeatedly as additional pieces
 of the result are produced.
 \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR takes care of all the
@@ -132,7 +135,7 @@ result, such as allocating a larger result area if necessary.
 It also manages conversion to and from the \fIresult\fR field of the
 \fIinterp\fR so as to handle backward-compatability with old-style
 extensions.
-Any number of \fIstring\fR arguments may be passed in a single
+Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
 call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
@@ -148,12 +151,12 @@ can be significantly more efficient.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR in
 that it allows results to be built up in pieces.
-However, \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR takes only a single \fIstring\fR
+However, \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR takes only a single \fIelement\fR
 argument and it appends that argument to the current result
 as a proper Tcl list element.
 \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR adds backslashes or braces if necessary
 to ensure that \fIinterp\fR's result can be parsed as a list and that
-\fIstring\fR will be extracted as a single element.
+\fIelement\fR will be extracted as a single element.
 Under normal conditions, \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR will add a space
 character to \fIinterp\fR's result just before adding the new
 list element, so that the list elements in the result are properly
@@ -185,21 +188,21 @@ and write the result using \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
 .SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how 
-the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIstring\fR argument.
+the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
 If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
 at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
 they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result
 (see the \fBTcl_Interp\fR manual entry for details on this).
 .PP
-If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_STATIC\fR it means that \fIstring\fR
+If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_STATIC\fR it means that \fIresult\fR
 refers to an area of static storage that is guaranteed not to be
 modified until at least the next call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
 If \fIfreeProc\fR
-is \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR it means that \fIstring\fR was allocated with a call
+is \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR it means that \fIresult\fR was allocated with a call
 to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and is now the property of the Tcl system.
 \fBTcl_SetResult\fR will arrange for the string's storage to be
 released by calling \fBTcl_Free\fR when it is no longer needed.
-If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_VOLATILE\fR it means that \fIstring\fR
+If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_VOLATILE\fR it means that \fIresult\fR
 points to an area of memory that is likely to be overwritten when
 \fBTcl_SetResult\fR returns (e.g. it points to something in a stack frame).
 In this case \fBTcl_SetResult\fR will make a copy of the string in
@@ -217,7 +220,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR:
 typedef void Tcl_FreeProc(char *\fIblockPtr\fR);
 .CE
 When \fIfreeProc\fR is called, its \fIblockPtr\fR will be set to
-the value of \fIstring\fR passed to \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
+the value of \fIresult\fR passed to \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: StrMatch.3,v 1.6 2004/10/07 15:15:48 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: StrMatch.3,v 1.6.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:24 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_StringMatch 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ Tcl_StringMatch, Tcl_StringCaseMatch \- test whether a string matches a pattern
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_StringMatch\fR(\fIstring\fR, \fIpattern\fR)
+\fBTcl_StringMatch\fR(\fIstr\fR, \fIpattern\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_StringCaseMatch\fR(\fIstring\fR, \fIpattern\fR, \fInocase\fR)
+\fBTcl_StringCaseMatch\fR(\fIstr\fR, \fIpattern\fR, \fInocase\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const char" *pattern
-.AP "const char" *string in
+.AP "const char" *str in
 String to test.
 .AP "const char" *pattern in
 Pattern to match against string.  May contain special
@@ -41,13 +41,11 @@ a given pattern.  If it does, then \fBTcl_StringMatch\fR returns
 used for matching is the same algorithm used in the ``string match''
 Tcl command and is similar to the algorithm used by the C-shell
 for file name matching;  see the Tcl manual entry for details.
-.VS 8.1
 .PP
 In \fBTcl_StringCaseMatch\fR, the algorithm is the same, but you have
 the option to make the matching case-insensitive.  If you choose this
 (by passing \fBnocase\fR as 1), then the string and pattern are
 essentially matched in the lower case.
-.VE 8.1

 .SH KEYWORDS
 match, pattern, string
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: StringObj.3,v 1.17 2004/10/07 15:15:48 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: StringObj.3,v 1.17.2.2 2005/09/15 20:58:39 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_StringObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *appendObjPtr in/out
 .AP "const char" *bytes in
-.VS 8.1
 Points to the first byte of an array of UTF-8-encoded bytes
 used to set or append to a string object.
 This byte array may contain embedded null characters
@@ -82,7 +81,6 @@ unless \fInumChars\fR is negative.  (Applications needing null bytes
 should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\\700\\600\fR, use
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR to convert, or \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR if
 the string is a collection of uninterpreted bytes.)
-.VE 8.1
 .AP int length in
 The number of bytes to copy from \fIbytes\fR when
 initializing, setting, or appending to a string object.
@@ -115,7 +113,7 @@ the length of an object's string representation.
 Null-terminated string value to append to \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP va_list argList in
 An argument list which must have been initialised using
-\fBTCL_VARARGS_START\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP int newLength in
 New length for the string value of \fIobjPtr\fR, not including the
 final null character.
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Thread.3,v 1.20 2004/11/25 16:01:17 vasiljevic Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Thread.3,v 1.20.2.2 2005/03/02 21:25:19 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Threads 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ caller can determine the size of the stack given to the new thread and
 modify the behaviour through the supplied \fIflags\fR. The value
 \fBTCL_THREAD_STACK_DEFAULT\fR for the \fIstackSize\fR indicates that
 the default size as specified by the operating system is to be used
-for the new thread. As for the flags, currently are only the values
-\fBTCL_THREAD_NOFLAGS\fR and \fBTCL_THREAD_JOINABLE\fR defined. The
+for the new thread. As for the flags, currently only the values
+\fBTCL_THREAD_NOFLAGS\fR and \fBTCL_THREAD_JOINABLE\fR are defined. The
 first of them invokes the default behaviour with no
 specialties. Using the second value marks the new thread as
 \fIjoinable\fR. This means that another thread can wait for the such
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ specified value for the stack size is ignored on these systems.
 Windows currently does not support joinable threads. This
 flag value is therefore ignored on this platform.
 .PP
-Tcl does provide \fBTcl_ExitThread\fR and \fBTcl_FinalizeThread\fR
+Tcl provides the \fBTcl_ExitThread\fR and \fBTcl_FinalizeThread\fR functions
 for terminating threads and invoking optional per-thread exit
 handlers.  See the \fBTcl_Exit\fR page for more information on these
 procedures.
@@ -191,8 +191,7 @@ the script level.  One such package is the \fBThread\fR package.
 .VE 8.5
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_GetCurrentThread(3), Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(3), Tcl_ThreadAlert(3),
-Tcl_ExitThread(3), Tcl_FinalizeThread(3),
-Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(3),
-\fBThread\fR package
+Tcl_ExitThread(3), Tcl_FinalizeThread(3), Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(3),
+Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(3), Thread
 .SH KEYWORDS
 thread, mutex, condition variable, thread local storage
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: TraceVar.3,v 1.13 2004/10/07 16:05:15 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: TraceVar.3,v 1.13.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -108,21 +108,17 @@ array names or array get is called.  Note that this is called
 before an array set, but that will trigger write traces.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR
-.VS 8.4
 The result of invoking the \fIproc\fR is a dynamically allocated
 string that will be released by the Tcl library via a call to
 \fBckfree\fR.  Must not be specified at the same time as
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR.
-.VE 8.4
 .TP
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR
-.VS 8.4
 The result of invoking the \fIproc\fR is a Tcl_Obj* (cast to a char*)
 with a reference count of at least one.  The ownership of that
 reference will be transferred to the Tcl core for release (when the
 core has finished with it) via a call to \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR.  Must
 not be specified at the same time as \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR.
-.VE 8.4
 .PP
 Whenever one of the specified operations occurs on the variable,
 \fIproc\fR will be invoked.
@@ -209,7 +205,6 @@ The procedures \fBTcl_TraceVar2\fR, \fBTcl_UntraceVar2\fR, and
 except that the name of the variable consists of two parts.
 \fIName1\fR gives the name of a scalar variable or array,
 and \fIname2\fR gives the name of an element within an array.
-.VS 8.1
 When \fIname2\fR is NULL, 
 \fIname1\fR may contain both an array and an element name:
 if the name contains an open parenthesis and ends with a
@@ -219,7 +214,6 @@ the characters before the first open
 parenthesis are treated as the name of an array variable.
 If \fIname2\fR is NULL and \fIname1\fR does not refer
 to an array element 
-.VE
 it means that either the variable is
 a scalar or the trace is to be set on the entire array rather
 than an individual element (see WHOLE-ARRAY TRACES below for
@@ -325,13 +319,11 @@ If \fIproc\fR returns a non-NULL value it signifies that an
 error occurred.
 The return value must be a pointer to a static character string
 containing an error message,
-.VS 8.4
 unless (\fIexactly\fR one of) the \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR and
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR flags is set, which specify that the result is
 either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBckfree\fR) or a
 Tcl_Obj* (cast to char* and to be released with
 \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR) containing the error message.
-.VE 8.4
 If a trace procedure returns an error, no further traces are
 invoked for the access and the traced access aborts with the
 given message.
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Utf.3,v 1.20 2004/10/07 16:05:15 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: Utf.3,v 1.20.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:24 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH Utf 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
@@ -22,41 +22,36 @@ int
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR(\fIsrc, chPtr\fR)
-.VS 8.4
 .sp
 char *
-\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIuniStr, numChars, dstPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIuniStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_UniChar *
-\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, len, dstPtr\fR)
-.VE 8.4
+\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UniCharLen\fR(\fIuniStr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIuniStr, uniStr, num\fR)
-.VS 8.4
+\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIuniStr, uniStr, num\fR)
+\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UniCharCaseMatch\fR(\fIuniStr, uniPattern, nocase\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIsrc, src, num\fR)
+\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIsrc, src, num\fR)
+\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR(\fIsrc, len\fR)
+\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR)
 .sp
 int 
-\fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR(\fIsrc, len\fR)
-.VS 8.4
+\fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR)
 .sp
 const char *
 \fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR(\fIsrc, ch\fR)
@@ -69,15 +64,12 @@ const char *
 .sp
 const char *
 \fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR(\fIsrc, start\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 Tcl_UniChar
 \fBTcl_UniCharAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
-.VS 8.4
 .sp
 const char *
 \fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
@@ -92,19 +84,27 @@ The Tcl_UniChar to be converted or examined.
 Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
 .AP "const char" *src in
 Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
+.AP "const char" *cs in
+Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
+.AP "const char" *ct in
+Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
 .AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniStr in
 A null-terminated Unicode string.
+.AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *ucs in
+A null-terminated Unicode string.
+.AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *uct in
+A null-terminated Unicode string.
 .AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in
 A null-terminated Unicode string.
-.AP int len in
+.AP int length in
 The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters).  If
 negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
-.AP int numChars in
+.AP int uniLength in
 The length of the Unicode string in characters.  Must be greater than or
 equal to 0.
-.AP "Tcl_DString" *dstPtr in/out
+.AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
 A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
-.AP "unsigned long" num in
+.AP "unsigned long" numChars in
 The number of characters to compare.
 .AP "const char" *start in
 Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string.
@@ -117,10 +117,8 @@ including the backslash character.
 Buffer in which the bytes represented by the backslash sequence are stored.
 At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 .AP int nocase in
-.VS 8.4
 Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
 case-insensitive (1).
-.VE 8.4
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -150,15 +148,16 @@ byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
 to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
-You must specify the length of the given Unicode string.
+You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.
 The return value is a pointer to the UTF-8 representation of the
 Unicode string.  Storage for the return value is appended to the
 end of the \fBTcl_DString\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR converts the given UTF-8 string to Unicode,
 storing the result in the previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
-You may either specify the length of the given UTF-8 string or "-1",
-in which case \fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR uses \fBstrlen\fR to
+In the argument \fIlength\fR, you may either specify the length of
+the given UTF-8 string in bytes or "-1", in which
+case \fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR uses \fBstrlen\fR to
 calculate the length.  The return value is a pointer to the Unicode
 representation of the UTF-8 string.  Storage for the return value
 is appended to the end of the \fBTcl_DString\fR.  The Unicode string
@@ -171,23 +170,21 @@ the number of Unicode characters (not bytes) in that string.
 \fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR and \fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR correspond to
 \fBstrncmp\fR and \fBstrncasecmp\fR, respectively, for Unicode characters.
 They accept two null-terminated Unicode strings and the number of characters
-to compare.  Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIlen\fR characters
+to compare.  Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR characters
 long. \fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR  compares the two strings character-by-character
 according to the Unicode character ordering.  It returns an integer greater
 than, equal to, or less than 0 if the first string is greater than, equal
 to, or less than the second string respectively.  \fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR
 is the Unicode case insensitive version.
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 \fBTcl_UniCharCaseMatch\fR is the Unicode equivalent to
 \fBTcl_StringCaseMatch\fR.  It accepts a null-terminated Unicode string,
 a Unicode pattern, and a boolean value specifying whether the match should
 be case sensitive and returns whether the string matches the pattern.
-.VE 8.4
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR corresponds to \fBstrncmp\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
 accepts two null-terminated UTF-8 strings and the number of characters
-to compare.  (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIlen\fR
+to compare.  (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR
 characters long.)  \fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR compares the two strings
 character-by-character according to the Unicode character ordering.
 It returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0 if the
@@ -200,7 +197,7 @@ differences in case when comparing upper, lower or title case
 characters.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR returns 1 if the source UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR
-of length \fIlen\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
+of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
 that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
 procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
@@ -208,7 +205,7 @@ full Tcl_UniChar has been seen.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
 returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
-\fIsrc\fR.  The length of the source string is \fIlen\fR bytes.  If the
+\fIsrc\fR.  The length of the source string is \fIlength\fR bytes.  If the
 length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: array.n,v 1.13 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: array.n,v 1.13.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -122,15 +122,12 @@ It is currently more efficient and easier to use either the \fBarray
 get\fR or \fBarray names\fR, together with \fBforeach\fR, to iterate
 over all but very large arrays.  See the examples below for how to do
 this.
-.VS 8.4
 .TP
 \fBarray statistics \fIarrayName\fR
 Returns statistics about the distribution of data within the hashtable
 that represents the array.  This information includes the number of
 entries in the table, the number of buckets, and the utilization of
 the buckets.
-.VE 8.4
-.VS 8.3
 .TP
 \fBarray unset \fIarrayName\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
 Unsets all of the elements in the array that match \fIpattern\fR (using the
@@ -139,7 +136,6 @@ of an array variable or there are no matching elements in the array, no
 error will be raised.  If \fIpattern\fR is omitted and \fIarrayName\fR is
 an array variable, then the command unsets the entire array.
 The command always returns an empty string.
-.VE 8.3
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .CS
 \fBarray set\fR colorcount {
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: binary.n,v 1.24 2004/11/12 11:03:16 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: binary.n,v 1.24.2.1 2005/03/02 21:25:20 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH binary n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ If you want to produce an unsigned value, then you can mask the return
 value to the desired size.  For example, to produce an unsigned short 
 value:
 .CS
-set val [expr {$val & 0xFFFF}]; \fI# val == 0x8000\fR
+set val [expr { $val & 0xFFFF }]; \fI# val == 0x8000\fR
 .CE
 .PP
 Each type-count pair moves an imaginary cursor through the binary data,
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
 they can be converted to unsigned 8-bit quantities using an expression
 like:
 .CS
-expr { ( $num + 0x100 ) % 0x100 }
+set num [expr { $num & 0xff }]
 .CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBs\fR 5
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
 they can be converted to unsigned 16-bit quantities using an expression
 like:
 .CS
-expr { ( $num + 0x10000 ) % 0x10000 }
+set num [expr { $num & 0xffff }]
 .CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBS\fR 5
@@ -583,8 +583,12 @@ set str \\x05\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x07\\x00\\x00\\x00\\xf0\\xff\\xff\\xff
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str i2i* var1 var2
 .CE
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB-16\fR
-stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed and
-cannot be represented by Tcl as unsigned values.
+stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
+they can be converted to unsigned 32-bit quantities using an expression
+like:
+.CS
+set num [expr { $num & 0xffffffff }]
+.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBI\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBI\fR except that the data is interpreted
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+'\" 
+'\" Copyright (c) 2005 Donal K. Fellows
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: chan.n,v 1.2.6.2 2005/07/12 20:36:15 kennykb Exp $
+.so man.macros
+.TH chan n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+chan \- Read, write and manipulate channels
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBchan \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+This command provides several operations for reading from, writing to
+and otherwise manipulating open channels (such as have been created
+with the \fBopen\fR and \fBsocket\fR commands, or the default named
+channels \fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR which correspond to
+the process's standard input, output and error streams respectively).
+\fIOption\fR indicates what to do with the channel; any unique
+abbreviation for \fIoption\fR is acceptable. Valid options are:
+.TP
+\fBchan blocked \fIchannelId\fR
+.
+This tests whether the last input operation on the channel called
+\fIchannelId\fR failed because it would have otherwise caused the
+process to block, and returns 1 if that was the case. It returns 0
+otherwise. Note that this only ever returns 1 when the channel has
+been configured to be non-blocking; all Tcl channels have blocking
+turned on by default.
+.TP
+\fBchan close \fIchannelId\fR
+.
+Close and destroy the channel called \fIchannelId\fR. Note that this
+deletes all existing file-events registered on the channel.
+.RS
+.PP
+As part of closing the channel, all buffered output is flushed to the
+channel's outpuot device, any buffered input is discarded, the
+underlying operating system resource is closed and \fIchannelId\fR
+becomes unavailable for future use.
+.PP
+If the channel is blocking, the command does not return until all
+output is flushed.  If the channel is nonblocking and there is
+unflushed output, the channel remains open and the command returns
+immediately; output will be flushed in the background and the channel
+will be closed when all the flushing is complete.
+.PP
+If \fIchannelId\fR is a blocking channel for a command pipeline then
+\fBchan close\fR waits for the child processes to complete.
+.PP
+If the channel is shared between interpreters, then \fBchan close\fR
+makes \fIchannelId\fR unavailable in the invoking interpreter but has
+no other effect until all of the sharing interpreters have closed the
+channel. When the last interpreter in which the channel is registered
+invokes \fBchan close\fR (or \fBclose\fR), the cleanup actions
+described above occur. See the \fBinterp\fR command for a description
+of channel sharing.
+.PP
+Channels are automatically closed when an interpreter is destroyed and
+when the process exits.  Channels are switched to blocking mode, to
+ensure that all output is correctly flushed before the process exits.
+.PP
+The command returns an empty string, and may generate an error if
+an error occurs while flushing output.  If a command in a command
+pipeline created with \fBopen\fR returns an error, \fBchan close\fR
+generates an error (similar to the \fBexec\fR command.)
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan configure \fIchannelId\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR? ?\fIoptionName value\fR?...
+.
+Query or set the configuration options of the channel named
+\fIchannelId\fR.
+.RS
+.PP
+If no \fIoptionName\fR or \fIvalue\fR arguments are supplied, the
+command returns a list containing alternating option names and values
+for the channel.  If \fIoptionName\fR is supplied but no \fIvalue\fR
+then the command returns the current value of the given option.  If
+one or more pairs of \fIoptionName\fR and \fIvalue\fR are supplied,
+the command sets each of the named options to the corresponding
+\fIvalue\fR; in this case the return value is an empty string.
+.PP
+The options described below are supported for all channels. In
+addition, each channel type may add options that only it supports. See
+the manual entry for the command that creates each type of channels
+for the options that that specific type of channel supports. For
+example, see the manual entry for the \fBsocket\fR command for its
+additional options.
+.TP
+\fB\-blocking\fR \fIboolean\fR
+.
+The \fB\-blocking\fR option determines whether I/O operations on the
+channel can cause the process to block indefinitely.  The value of the
+option must be a proper boolean value.  Channels are normally in
+blocking mode; if a channel is placed into nonblocking mode it will
+affect the operation of the \fBchan gets\fR, \fBchan read\fR, \fBchan
+puts\fR, \fBchan flush\fR, and \fBchan close\fR commands; see the
+documentation for those commands for details.  For nonblocking mode to
+work correctly, the application must be using the Tcl event loop
+(e.g. by calling \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or invoking the \fBvwait\fR
+command).
+.TP
+\fB\-buffering\fR \fInewValue\fR
+.
+If \fInewValue\fR is \fBfull\fR then the I/O system will buffer output
+until its internal buffer is full or until the \fBchan flush\fR
+command is invoked. If \fInewValue\fR is \fBline\fR, then the I/O
+system will automatically flush output for the channel whenever a
+newline character is output. If \fInewValue\fR is \fBnone\fR, the I/O
+system will flush automatically after every output operation.  The
+default is for \fB\-buffering\fR to be set to \fBfull\fR except for
+channels that connect to terminal-like devices; for these channels the
+initial setting is \fBline\fR.  Additionally, \fBstdin\fR and
+\fBstdout\fR are initially set to \fBline\fR, and \fBstderr\fR is set
+to \fBnone\fR.
+.TP
+\fB\-buffersize\fR \fInewSize\fR
+.
+\fINewvalue\fR must be an integer; its value is used to set the size
+of buffers, in bytes, subsequently allocated for this channel to store
+input or output. \fINewvalue\fR must be a number of no more than one
+million, allowing buffers of up to one million bytes in size.
+.TP
+\fB\-encoding\fR \fIname\fR
+.
+This option is used to specify the encoding of the channel as one of
+the named encodings returned by \fBencoding names\fR or the special
+value \fBbinary\fR, so that the data can be converted to and from
+Unicode for use in Tcl.  For instance, in order for Tcl to read
+characters from a Japanese file in \fBshiftjis\fR and properly process
+and display the contents, the encoding would be set to \fBshiftjis\fR.
+Thereafter, when reading from the channel, the bytes in the Japanese
+file would be converted to Unicode as they are read.  Writing is also
+supported \- as Tcl strings are written to the channel they will
+automatically be converted to the specified encoding on output.
+.RS
+.PP
+If a file contains pure binary data (for instance, a JPEG image), the
+encoding for the channel should be configured to be \fBbinary\fR.  Tcl
+will then assign no interpretation to the data in the file and simply
+read or write raw bytes.  The Tcl \fBbinary\fR command can be used to
+manipulate this byte-oriented data.  It is usually better to set the
+\fB\-translation\fR option to \fBbinary\fR when you want to transfer
+binary data, as this turns off the other automatic interpretations of
+the bytes in the stream as well.
+.PP
+The default encoding for newly opened channels is the same platform-
+and locale-dependent system encoding used for interfacing with the
+operating system, as returned by \fBencoding system\fR.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fB\-eofchar\fR \fIchar\fR
+.TP
+\fB\-eofchar\fR \fB{\fIinChar outChar\fB}\fR
+.
+This option supports DOS file systems that use Control-z (\ex1a) as an
+end of file marker.  If \fIchar\fR is not an empty string, then this
+character signals end-of-file when it is encountered during input.
+For output, the end-of-file character is output when the channel is
+closed.  If \fIchar\fR is the empty string, then there is no special
+end of file character marker.  For read-write channels, a two-element
+list specifies the end of file marker for input and output,
+respectively.  As a convenience, when setting the end-of-file
+character for a read-write channel you can specify a single value that
+will apply to both reading and writing.  When querying the end-of-file
+character of a read-write channel, a two-element list will always be
+returned.  The default value for \fB\-eofchar\fR is the empty string
+in all cases except for files under Windows.  In that case the
+\fB\-eofchar\fR is Control-z (\ex1a) for reading and the empty string
+for writing.
+.TP
+\fB\-translation\fR \fImode\fR
+.TP
+\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR 
+.
+In Tcl scripts the end of a line is always represented using a single
+newline character (\en).  However, in actual files and devices the end
+of a line may be represented differently on different platforms, or
+even for different devices on the same platform.  For example, under
+UNIX newlines are used in files, whereas carriage-return-linefeed
+sequences are normally used in network connections.  On input (i.e.,
+with \fBchan gets\fP and \fBchan read\fP) the Tcl I/O system
+automatically translates the external end-of-line representation into
+newline characters.  Upon output (i.e., with \fBchan puts\fP), the I/O
+system translates newlines to the external end-of-line representation.
+The default translation mode, \fBauto\fP, handles all the common cases
+automatically, but the \fB\-translation\fR option provides explicit
+control over the end of line translations.
+.RS
+.PP
+The value associated with \fB\-translation\fR is a single item for
+read-only and write-only channels.  The value is a two-element list for
+read-write channels; the read translation mode is the first element of
+the list, and the write translation mode is the second element.  As a
+convenience, when setting the translation mode for a read-write channel
+you can specify a single value that will apply to both reading and
+writing.  When querying the translation mode of a read-write channel, a
+two-element list will always be returned.  The following values are
+currently supported:
+.TP
+\fBauto\fR
+.
+As the input translation mode, \fBauto\fR treats any of newline
+(\fBlf\fP), carriage return (\fBcr\fP), or carriage return followed by
+a newline (\fBcrlf\fP) as the end of line representation.  The end of
+line representation can even change from line-to-line, and all cases
+are translated to a newline.  As the output translation mode,
+\fBauto\fR chooses a platform specific representation; for sockets on
+all platforms Tcl chooses \fBcrlf\fR, for all Unix flavors, it chooses
+\fBlf\fR, and for the various flavors of Windows it chooses
+\fBcrlf\fR.  The default setting for \fB\-translation\fR is \fBauto\fR
+for both input and output.
+.TP
+\fBbinary\fR 
+.
+No end-of-line translations are performed.  This is nearly identical
+to \fBlf\fP mode, except that in addition \fBbinary\fP mode also sets
+the end-of-file character to the empty string (which disables it) and
+sets the encoding to \fBbinary\fR (which disables encoding filtering).
+See the description of \fB\-eofchar\fR and \fB\-encoding\fR for more
+information.
+.TP
+\fBcr\fR
+.
+The end of a line in the underlying file or device is represented by a
+single carriage return character.  As the input translation mode,
+\fBcr\fP mode converts carriage returns to newline characters.  As the
+output translation mode, \fBcr\fP mode translates newline characters
+to carriage returns.
+.TP
+\fBcrlf\fR
+.
+The end of a line in the underlying file or device is represented by a
+carriage return character followed by a linefeed character.  As the
+input translation mode, \fBcrlf\fP mode converts
+carriage-return-linefeed sequences to newline characters.  As the
+output translation mode, \fBcrlf\fP mode translates newline characters
+to carriage-return-linefeed sequences.  This mode is typically used on
+Windows platforms and for network connections.
+.TP
+\fBlf\fR
+.
+The end of a line in the underlying file or device is represented by a
+single newline (linefeed) character.  In this mode no translations
+occur during either input or output.  This mode is typically used on
+UNIX platforms.
+.RE
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan copy \fIinputChan outputChan\fR ?\fB\-size \fIsize\fR? ?\fB\-command \fIcallback\fR?
+.
+Copy data from the channel \fIinputChan\fR, which must have been
+opened for reading, to the channel \fIoutputChan\fR, which must have
+been opened for writing. The \fBchan copy\fR command leverages the
+buffering in the Tcl I/O system to avoid extra copies and to avoid
+buffering too much data in main memory when copying large files to
+slow destinations like network sockets.
+.RS
+.PP
+The \fBchan copy\fP command transfers data from \fIinputChan\fR until
+end of file or \fIsize\fP bytes have been transferred. If no
+\fB\-size\fP argument is given, then the copy goes until end of file.
+All the data read from \fIinputChan\fR is copied to \fIoutputChan\fR.
+Without the \fB\-command\fP option, \fBchan copy\fP blocks until the
+copy is complete and returns the number of bytes written to
+\fIoutputChan\fR.
+.PP
+The \fB\-command\fP argument makes \fBchan copy\fP work in the
+background.  In this case it returns immediately and the
+\fIcallback\fP is invoked later when the copy completes.  The
+\fIcallback\fP is called with one or two additional arguments that
+indicates how many bytes were written to \fIoutputChan\fR.  If an
+error occurred during the background copy, the second argument is the
+error string associated with the error.  With a background copy, it is
+not necessary to put \fIinputChan\fR or \fIoutputChan\fR into
+non-blocking mode; the \fBchan copy\fP command takes care of that
+automatically.  However, it is necessary to enter the event loop by
+using the \fBvwait\fP command or by using Tk.
+.PP
+You are not allowed to do other I/O operations with \fIinputChan\fR or
+\fIoutputChan\fR during a background \fBchan copy\fR.  If either
+\fIinputChan\fR or \fIoutputChan\fR get closed while the copy is in
+progress, the current copy is stopped and the command callback is
+\fInot\fP made.  If \fIinputChan\fR is closed, then all data already
+queued for \fIoutputChan\fR is written out.
+.PP
+Note that \fIinputChan\fR can become readable during a background
+copy.  You should turn off any \fBchan event\fP or \fBfileevent\fR
+handlers during a background copy so those handlers do not interfere
+with the copy.  Any I/O attempted by a \fBchan event\fR or
+\fBfileevent\fP handler will get a "channel busy" error.
+.PP
+\fBChan copy\fR translates end-of-line sequences in \fIinputChan\fR
+and \fIoutputChan\fR according to the \fB\-translation\fR option for
+these channels (see \fBchan configure\fR above).  The translations
+mean that the number of bytes read from \fIinputChan\fR can be
+different than the number of bytes written to \fIoutputChan\fR.  Only
+the number of bytes written to \fIoutputChan\fR is reported, either as
+the return value of a synchronous \fBchan copy\fP or as the argument
+to the callback for an asynchronous \fBchan copy\fP.
+.PP
+\fBChan copy\fR obeys the encodings and character translations
+configured for the channels. This means that the incoming characters
+are converted internally first UTF-8 and then into the encoding of the
+channel \fBchan copy\fR writes to (see \fBchan configure\fR above for
+details on the \fB\-encoding\fR and \fB\-translation\fR options). No
+conversion is done if both channels are set to encoding \fBbinary\fR
+and have matching translations. If only the output channel is set to
+encoding \fBbinary\fR the system will write the internal UTF-8
+representation of the incoming characters. If only the input channel
+is set to encoding \fBbinary\fR the system will assume that the
+incoming bytes are valid UTF-8 characters and convert them according
+to the output encoding. The behaviour of the system for bytes which
+are not valid UTF-8 characters is undefined in this case.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan eof \fIchannelId\fR
+.
+Test whether the last input operation on the channel called
+\fIchannelId\fR failed because the end of the data stream was reached,
+returning 1 if end-fo-file was reached, and 0 otherwise.
+.TP
+\fBchan event \fIchannelId event\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
+.
+Arrange for the Tcl script \fIscript\fR to be installed as a \fIfile
+event handler\fR to be called whenever the channel called
+\fIchannelId\fR enters the state described by \fIevent\fR (which must
+be either \fBreadable\fR or \fBwritable\fR); only one such handler may
+be installed per event per channel at a time.  If \fIscript\fR is the
+empty string, the current handler is deleted (this also happens if the
+channel is closed or the interpreter deleted).  If \fIscript\fR is
+omitted, the currently installed script is returned (or an empty
+string if no such handler is installed).  The callback is only
+performed if the event loop is being serviced (e.g. via \fBvwait\fR or
+\fBupdate\fR).
+.RS
+.PP
+A file event handler is a binding between a channel and a script, such
+that the script is evaluated whenever the channel becomes readable or
+writable.  File event handlers are most commonly used to allow data to
+be received from another process on an event-driven basis, so that the
+receiver can continue to interact with the user or with other channels
+while waiting for the data to arrive.  If an application invokes
+\fBchan gets\fR or \fBchan read\fR on a blocking channel when there is
+no input data available, the process will block; until the input data
+arrives, it will not be able to service other events, so it will
+appear to the user to ``freeze up''.  With \fBchan event\fR, the
+process can tell when data is present and only invoke \fBchan gets\fR
+or \fBchan read\fR when they won't block.
+.PP
+A channel is considered to be readable if there is unread data
+available on the underlying device.  A channel is also considered to
+be readable if there is unread data in an input buffer, except in the
+special case where the most recent attempt to read from the channel
+was a \fBchan gets\fR call that could not find a complete line in the
+input buffer.  This feature allows a file to be read a line at a time
+in nonblocking mode using events.  A channel is also considered to be
+readable if an end of file or error condition is present on the
+underlying file or device.  It is important for \fIscript\fR to check
+for these conditions and handle them appropriately; for example, if
+there is no special check for end of file, an infinite loop may occur
+where \fIscript\fR reads no data, returns, and is immediately invoked
+again.
+.PP
+A channel is considered to be writable if at least one byte of data
+can be written to the underlying file or device without blocking, or
+if an error condition is present on the underlying file or device.
+Note that client sockets opened in asynchronous mode become writable
+when they become connected or if the connection fails.
+.PP
+Event-driven I/O works best for channels that have been placed into
+nonblocking mode with the \fBchan configure\fR command.  In blocking
+mode, a \fBchan puts\fR command may block if you give it more data
+than the underlying file or device can accept, and a \fBchan gets\fR
+or \fBchan read\fR command will block if you attempt to read more data
+than is ready; no events will be processed while the commands block.
+In nonblocking mode \fBchan puts\fR, \fBchan read\fR, and \fBchan
+gets\fR never block.
+.PP
+The script for a file event is executed at global level (outside the
+context of any Tcl procedure) in the interpreter in which the \fBchan
+event\fR command was invoked.  If an error occurs while executing the
+script then the command registered with \fBinterp bgerror\fR is used
+to report the error.  In addition, the file event handler is deleted
+if it ever returns an error; this is done in order to prevent infinite
+loops due to buggy handlers.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan flush \fIchannelId\fR
+.
+Ensures that all pending output for the channel called \fIchannelId\fR
+is written.
+.RS
+.PP
+If the channel is in blocking mode the command does not return until
+all the buffered output has been flushed to the channel. If the
+channel is in nonblocking mode, the command may return before all
+buffered output has been flushed; the remainder will be flushed in the
+background as fast as the underlying file or device is able to absorb
+it.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan gets \fIchannelId\fR ?\fIvarName\fR?
+.
+Reads the next line from the channel called \fIchannelId\fR. If
+\fIvarName\fR is not specified, the result of the command will be the
+line that has been read (without a trailing newline character) or an
+empty string upon end-of-file or, in non-blocking mode, if the data
+available is exhausted. If \fIvarName\fR is specified, the line that
+has been read will be written to the variable called \fIvarName\fR and
+result will be the number of characters that have been read or -1 if
+end-of-file was reached or, in non-blocking mode, if the data
+available is exhausted.
+.RS
+.PP
+If an end-of-file occurs while part way through reading a line, the
+partial line will be returned (or written into \fIvarName\fR). When
+\fIvarName\fR is not specified, the end-of-file case can be
+distinguished from an empty line using the \fBchan eof\fR command, and
+the partial-line-but-nonblocking case can be distinguished with the
+\fBchan blocked\fR command.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan names\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
+.
+Produces a list of all channel names. If \fIpattern\fR is specified,
+only those channel names that match it (according to the rules of
+\fBstring match\fR) will be returned.
+.TP
+\fBchan puts\fR ?\fB\-nonewline\fR? ?\fIchannelId\fR? \fIstring\fR
+.
+Writes \fIstring\fR to the channel named \fIchannelId\fR followed by a
+newline character. A trailing newline character is written unless the
+optional flag \fB\-nonewline\fR is given. If \fIchannelId\fR is
+omitted, the string is written to the standard output channel,
+\fBstdout\fR.
+.RS
+.PP
+Newline characters in the output are translated by \fBchan puts\fR to
+platform-specific end-of-line sequences according to the currently
+configured value of the \fB\-translation\fR option for the channel
+(for example, on PCs newlines are normally replaced with
+carriage-return-linefeed sequences; see \fBchan configure\fR above for
+details).
+.PP
+Tcl buffers output internally, so characters written with \fBchan
+puts\fR may not appear immediately on the output file or device; Tcl
+will normally delay output until the buffer is full or the channel is
+closed.  You can force output to appear immediately with the \fBchan
+flush\fR command.
+.PP
+When the output buffer fills up, the \fBchan puts\fR command will
+normally block until all the buffered data has been accepted for
+output by the operating system.  If \fIchannelId\fR is in nonblocking
+mode then the \fBchan puts\fR command will not block even if the
+operating system cannot accept the data.  Instead, Tcl continues to
+buffer the data and writes it in the background as fast as the
+underlying file or device can accept it.  The application must use the
+Tcl event loop for nonblocking output to work; otherwise Tcl never
+finds out that the file or device is ready for more output data.  It
+is possible for an arbitrarily large amount of data to be buffered for
+a channel in nonblocking mode, which could consume a large amount of
+memory.  To avoid wasting memory, nonblocking I/O should normally be
+used in an event-driven fashion with the \fBchan event\fR command
+(don't invoke \fBchan puts\fR unless you have recently been notified
+via a file event that the channel is ready for more output data).
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan read \fIchannelId\fR ?\fInumChars\fR?
+.TP
+\fBchan read \fR?\fB\-nonewline\fR? \fIchannelId\fR
+.
+In the first form, the result will be the next \fInumChars\fR
+characters read from the channel named \fIchannelId\fR; if
+\fInumChars\fR is omitted, all characters up to the point when the
+channel would signal a failure (whether an end-of-file, blocked or
+other error condition) are read. In the second form (i.e. when
+\fInumChars\fR has been omitted) the flag \fB\-nonewline\fR may be
+given to indicate that any trailing newline in the string that has
+been read should be trimmed.
+.RS
+.PP
+If \fIchannelId\fR is in nonblocking mode, \fBchan read\fR may not
+read as many characters as requested: once all available input has
+been read, the command will return the data that is available rather
+than blocking for more input.  If the channel is configured to use a
+multi-byte encoding, then there may actually be some bytes remaining
+in the internal buffers that do not form a complete character.  These
+bytes will not be returned until a complete character is available or
+end-of-file is reached.  The \fB\-nonewline\fR switch is ignored if
+the command returns before reaching the end of the file.
+.PP
+\fBChan read\fR translates end-of-line sequences in the input into
+newline characters according to the \fB\-translation\fR option for the
+channel (see \fBchan configure\fR above for a discussion on the ways
+in which \fBchan configure\fR will alter input).
+.PP
+When reading from a serial port, most applications should configure
+the serial port channel to be nonblocking, like this:
+.CS
+\fBchan configure \fIchannelId \fB\-blocking \fI0\fR.
+.CE
+Then \fBchan read\fR behaves much like described above.  Note that
+most serial ports are comparatively slow; it is entirely possible to
+get a \fBreadable\fR event for each character read from them. Care
+must be taken when using \fBchan read\fR on blocking serial ports:
+.TP
+\fBchan read \fIchannelId numChars\fR 
+.
+In this form \fBchan read\fR blocks until \fInumChars\fR have been
+received from the serial port.
+.TP
+\fBchan read \fIchannelId\fR 
+.
+In this form \fBchan read\fR blocks until the reception of the
+end-of-file character, see \fBchan configure -eofchar\fR. If there no
+end-of-file character has been configured for the channel, then
+\fBchan read\fR will block forever.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan seek \fIchannelId offset\fR ?\fIorigin\fR?
+.
+Sets the current access position within the underlying data stream for
+the channel named \fIchannelId\fR to be \fIoffset\fR bytes relative to
+\fIorigin\fR. \fIOffset\fR must be an integer (which may be negative)
+and \fIorigin\fR must be one of the following:
+.RS
+.TP 10
+\fBstart\fR
+.
+The new access position will be \fIoffset\fR bytes from the start
+of the underlying file or device.
+.TP 10
+\fBcurrent\fR
+.
+The new access position will be \fIoffset\fR bytes from the current
+access position; a negative \fIoffset\fR moves the access position
+backwards in the underlying file or device.
+.TP 10
+\fBend\fR
+.
+The new access position will be \fIoffset\fR bytes from the end of the
+file or device.  A negative \fIoffset\fR places the access position
+before the end of file, and a positive \fIoffset\fR places the access
+position after the end of file.
+.PP
+The \fIorigin\fR argument defaults to \fBstart\fR.
+.PP
+\fBChan seek\fR flushes all buffered output for the channel before the
+command returns, even if the channel is in nonblocking mode.  It also
+discards any buffered and unread input.  This command returns an empty
+string.  An error occurs if this command is applied to channels whose
+underlying file or device does not support seeking.
+.PP
+Note that \fIoffset\fR values are byte offsets, not character offsets.
+Both \fBchan seek\fR and \fBchan tell\fR operate in terms of bytes,
+not characters, unlike \fBchan read\fR.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBchan tell \fIchannelId\fR
+.
+Returns a number giving the current access position within the
+underlying data stream for the channel named \fIchannelId\fR. This
+value returned is a byte offset that can be passed to \fBchan seek\fR
+in order to set the channel to a particular position.  Note that this
+value is in terms of bytes, not characters like \fBchan read\fR.  The
+value returned is -1 for channels that do not support seeking.
+.TP
+\fBchan truncate \fIchannelId\fR ?\fIlength\fR?
+.
+Sets the byte length of the underlying data stream for the channel
+named \fIchannelId\fR to be \fIlength\fR (or to the current byte
+offset within the underlying data stream if \fIlength\fR is
+omitted). The channel is flushed before truncation.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+close(n), eof(n), fblocked(n), fconfigure(n), fcopy(n), file(n),
+fileevent(n), flush(n), gets(n), open(n), puts(n), read(n), seek(n),
+socket(n), tell(n)
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+channel, input, output, events, offset
@@ -819,11 +819,15 @@ an error may result if these years are used.
 \fIISO 8601 point-in-time\fR
 An ISO 8601 point-in-time specification, such as \fBCCyymmddThhmmss\fR,
 where \fBT\fR is the literal T, "\fBCCyymmdd hhmmss\fR", or
-\fBCCyymmddThh:mm:ss\fR.
+\fBCCyymmddThh:mm:ss\fR. Note that only these three formats are accepted.
+The command does \fInot\fR accept the full range of point-in-time
+specifications specified in ISO8601.  Other formats can be recognized by
+giving an explicit \fI-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command.
 .TP
 \fIrelative time\fR
 A specification relative to the current time.  The format is \fBnumber
-unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR, \fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR,
+unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR, 
+\fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR,
 \fBhour\fR, \fBminute\fR (or \fBmin\fR), and \fBsecond\fR (or \fBsec\fR).  The
 unit can be specified as a singular or plural, as in \fB3 weeks\fR.
 These modifiers may also be specified:
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: close.n,v 1.8 2004/10/27 09:36:58 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: close.n,v 1.8.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:42 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH close n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -21,17 +21,14 @@ close \- Close an open channel
 .PP
 Closes the channel given by \fIchannelId\fR.
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as a
 Tcl standard channel (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR, or \fBstderr\fR),
 the return value from an invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or
 the result of a channel creation command provided by a Tcl extension.
-.VE
 .PP
 All buffered output is flushed to the channel's output device,
 any buffered input is discarded, the underlying file or device is closed,
 and \fIchannelId\fR becomes unavailable for use.
-.VS "" br
 .PP
 If the channel is blocking, the command does not return until all output
 is flushed.
@@ -39,11 +36,9 @@ If the channel is nonblocking and there is unflushed output, the
 channel remains open and the command
 returns immediately; output will be flushed in the background and the
 channel will be closed when all the flushing is complete.
-.VE
 .PP
 If \fIchannelId\fR is a blocking channel for a command pipeline then
 \fBclose\fR waits for the child processes to complete.
-.VS "" br
 .PP
 If the channel is shared between interpreters, then \fBclose\fR
 makes \fIchannelId\fR unavailable in the invoking interpreter but has no
@@ -56,7 +51,6 @@ When the last interpreter in which the channel is registered invokes
 Channels are automatically closed when an interpreter is destroyed and
 when the process exits.  Channels are switched to blocking mode, to ensure
 that all output is correctly flushed before the process exits.
-.VE
 .PP
 The command returns an empty string, and may generate an error if
 an error occurs while flushing output.  If a command in a command
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: error.n,v 1.7 2004/11/20 00:17:31 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: error.n,v 1.7.2.1 2004/12/08 18:24:35 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH error n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Returns a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR code, which causes command interpretation to be
 unwound.  \fIMessage\fR is a string that is returned to the application
 to indicate what went wrong.
 .PP
-The \fB-errorinfo\fB return option of an interpreter is used
+The \fB-errorinfo\fR return option of an interpreter is used
 to accumulate a stack trace of what was in progress when an
 error occurred; as nested commands unwind,
 the Tcl interpreter adds information to the \fB-errorinfo\fR
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
 '\"
 '\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
 '\" Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: expr.n,v 1.18 2004/10/27 09:36:58 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: expr.n,v 1.18.2.2 2005/07/12 20:36:15 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH expr n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -84,8 +85,8 @@ The command will be executed and its result will be used as
 the operand.
 .IP [7]
 As a mathematical function whose arguments have any of the above
-forms for operands, such as \fBsin($x)\fR.  See below for a list of defined
-functions.
+forms for operands, such as \fBsin($x)\fR.  See MATH FUNCTIONS below for
+a discussion of how mathematical functions are handled.
 .LP
 Where the above substitutions occur (e.g. inside quoted strings), they
 are performed by the expression's instructions.
@@ -211,131 +212,27 @@ the Tcl parser will evaluate both \fB[a]\fR and \fB[b]\fR before
 invoking the \fBexpr\fR command.
 .SS "MATH FUNCTIONS"
 .PP
-Tcl supports the following mathematical functions in expressions, all
-of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
-.DS
-.ta 3c 6c 9c
-\fBabs\fR	\fBcosh\fR	\fBlog\fR	\fBsqrt\fR
-\fBacos\fR	\fBdouble\fR	\fBlog10\fR	\fBsrand\fR
-\fBasin\fR	\fBexp\fR	\fBpow\fR	\fBtan\fR
-\fBatan\fR	\fBfloor\fR	\fBrand\fR	\fBtanh\fR
-\fBatan2\fR	\fBfmod\fR	\fBround\fR	\fBwide\fR
-\fBceil\fR	\fBhypot\fR	\fBsin\fR
-\fBcos\fR	\fBint\fR	\fBsinh\fR
-.DE
+.VS 8.5
+When the expression parser encounters a mathematical function
+such as \fBsin($x)\fR, it replaces it with a call to an ordinary
+Tcl function in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.  The processing
+of an expression such as:
+.CS
+\fBexpr {sin($x+$y)}\fR
+.CE
+is the same in every way as the processing of:
+.CS
+\fBexpr {[tcl::mathfunc::sin [expr {$x+$y}]]}\fR
+.CE
+The executor will search for \fBtcl::mathfunc::sin\fR using the usual
+rules for resolving functions in namespaces. Either
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::sin\fR or \fB[namespace
+current]::tcl::mathfunc::sin\fR will satisfy the request, and others
+may as well (depending on the current \fBnamespace path\fR setting).
 .PP
-.TP
-\fBabs(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the absolute value of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR may be either
-integer or floating-point, and the result is returned in the same form.
-.TP
-\fBacos(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the arc cosine of \fIarg\fR, in the range [\fI0\fR,\fIpi\fR]
-radians. \fIArg\fR should be in the range [\fI-1\fR,\fI1\fR].
-.TP
-\fBasin(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the arc sine of \fIarg\fR, in the range [\fI-pi/2\fR,\fIpi/2\fR]
-radians.  \fIArg\fR should be in the range [\fI-1\fR,\fI1\fR].
-.TP
-\fBatan(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the arc tangent of \fIarg\fR, in the range [\fI-pi/2\fR,\fIpi/2\fR]
-radians.
-.TP
-\fBatan2(\fIy, x\fB)\fR
-Returns the arc tangent of \fIy\fR/\fIx\fR, in the range [\fI-pi\fR,\fIpi\fR]
-radians.  \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR cannot both be 0.  If \fIx\fR is greater
-than \fI0\fR, this is equivalent to \fBatan(\fIy/x\fB)\fR.
-.TP
-\fBceil(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the smallest integral floating-point value (i.e. with a zero
-fractional part) not less than \fIarg\fR.
-.TP
-\fBcos(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the cosine of \fIarg\fR, measured in radians.
-.TP
-\fBcosh(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the hyperbolic cosine of \fIarg\fR.  If the result would cause
-an overflow, an error is returned.
-.TP
-\fBdouble(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-If \fIarg\fR is a floating-point value, returns \fIarg\fR, otherwise converts
-\fIarg\fR to floating-point and returns the converted value.
-.TP
-\fBexp(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the exponential of \fIarg\fR, defined as \fIe\fR**\fIarg\fR.
-If the result would cause an overflow, an error is returned.
-.TP
-\fBfloor(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the largest integral floating-point value (i.e. with a zero
-fractional part) not greater than \fIarg\fR.
-.TP
-\fBfmod(\fIx, y\fB)\fR
-Returns the floating-point remainder of the division of \fIx\fR by
-\fIy\fR.  If \fIy\fR is 0, an error is returned.
-.TP
-\fBhypot(\fIx, y\fB)\fR
-Computes the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle
-\fBsqrt(\fIx\fR*\fIx\fR+\fIy\fR*\fIy\fB)\fR.
-.TP
-\fBint(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-If \fIarg\fR is an integer value of the same width as the machine
-word, returns \fIarg\fR, otherwise
-converts \fIarg\fR to an integer (of the same size as a machine word,
-i.e. 32-bits on 32-bit systems, and 64-bits on 64-bit systems) by
-truncation and returns the converted value.
-.TP
-\fBlog(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the natural logarithm of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be a
-positive value.
-.TP
-\fBlog10(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the base 10 logarithm of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be a
-positive value.
-.TP
-\fBpow(\fIx, y\fB)\fR
-Computes the value of \fIx\fR raised to the power \fIy\fR.  If \fIx\fR
-is negative, \fIy\fR must be an integer value.
-.TP
-\fBrand()\fR
-Returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (\fI0\fR,\fI1\fR).  
-The generator algorithm is a simple linear congruential generator that
-is not cryptographically secure.  Each result from \fBrand\fR completely
-determines all future results from subsequent calls to \fBrand\fR, so
-\fBrand\fR should not be used to generate a sequence of secrets, such as
-one-time passwords.  The seed of the generator is initialized from the
-internal clock of the machine or may be set with the \fBsrand\fR function.
-.TP
-\fBround(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-If \fIarg\fR is an integer value, returns \fIarg\fR, otherwise converts
-\fIarg\fR to integer by rounding and returns the converted value.
-.TP
-\fBsin(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the sine of \fIarg\fR, measured in radians.
-.TP
-\fBsinh(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the hyperbolic sine of \fIarg\fR.  If the result would cause
-an overflow, an error is returned.
-.TP
-\fBsqrt(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the square root of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be non-negative.
-.TP
-\fBsrand(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-The \fIarg\fR, which must be an integer, is used to reset the seed for
-the random number generator of \fBrand\fR.  Returns the first random
-number (see \fBrand()\fR) from that seed.  Each interpreter has its own seed.
-.TP
-\fBtan(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the tangent of \fIarg\fR, measured in radians.
-.TP
-\fBtanh(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Returns the hyperbolic tangent of \fIarg\fR.
-.TP
-\fBwide(\fIarg\fB)\fR
-Converts \fIarg\fR to an integer value at least 64-bits wide (by sign-extension
-if \fIarg\fR is a 32-bit number) if it is not one already.
-.PP
-In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
-define additional functions using \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR().
+See the \fBmathfunc\fR(n) manual page for the math functions that are
+available by default.
+.VE 8.5
 .SS "TYPES, OVERFLOW, AND PRECISION"
 .PP
 All internal computations involving integers are done with the C type
@@ -430,7 +327,7 @@ each time the expression is executed.
 Define a procedure that computes an "interesting" mathematical
 function:
 .CS
-proc calc {x y} {
+proc tcl::mathfunc::calc {x y} {
    \fBexpr\fR { ($x**2 - $y**2) / exp($x**2 + $y**2) }
 }
 .CE
@@ -470,7 +367,14 @@ set randNum [\fBexpr\fR { int(100 * rand()) }]
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-array(n), for(n), if(n), string(n), Tcl(n), while(n)
+array(n), for(n), if(n), mathfunc(n), namespace(n), proc(n), string(n), Tcl(n), while(n)

 .SH KEYWORDS
 arithmetic, boolean, compare, expression, fuzzy comparison
+
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+.br
+Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
+.br
+Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fblocked.n,v 1.6 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fblocked.n,v 1.6.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 .so man.macros
 .TH fblocked n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
 .BS
@@ -25,12 +25,10 @@ characters available for input and no end-of-line sequence, \fBgets\fR
 returns an empty string and a subsequent call to \fBfblocked\fR will
 return 1.
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as a
 Tcl standard channel (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR, or \fBstderr\fR),
 the return value from an invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or
 the result of a channel creation command provided by a Tcl extension.
-.VE
 .SH EXAMPLE
 The \fBfblocked\fR command is particularly useful when writing network
 servers, as it allows you to write your code in a line-by-line style
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fconfigure.n,v 1.11 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fconfigure.n,v 1.11.2.1 2005/04/25 21:37:18 kennykb Exp $
 '\"
 .so man.macros
 .TH fconfigure n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -91,11 +91,14 @@ If a file contains pure binary data (for instance, a JPEG image), the
 encoding for the channel should be configured to be \fBbinary\fR.  Tcl
 will then assign no interpretation to the data in the file and simply read or
 write raw bytes.  The Tcl \fBbinary\fR command can be used to manipulate this
-byte-oriented data.
+byte-oriented data.  It is usually better to set the
+\fB\-translation\fR option to \fBbinary\fR when you want to transfer
+binary data, as this turns off the other automatic interpretations of
+the bytes in the stream as well.
 .PP
 The default encoding for newly opened channels is the same platform- and
 locale-dependent system encoding used for interfacing with the operating
-system.  
+system, as returned by \fBencoding system\fR.
 .RE
 .TP
 \fB\-eofchar\fR \fIchar\fR
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fcopy.n,v 1.4 2004/09/06 09:44:56 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fcopy.n,v 1.4.2.1 2005/04/25 21:37:19 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH fcopy n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -72,12 +72,15 @@ Only the number of bytes written to \fIoutchan\fR is reported,
 either as the return value of a synchronous \fBfcopy\fP or
 as the argument to the callback for an asynchronous \fBfcopy\fP.
 .PP
-\fBFcopy\fR obeys the encodings configured for the channels. This
+\fBFcopy\fR obeys the encodings and character translations configured
+for the channels. This
 means that the incoming characters are converted internally first
 UTF-8 and then into the encoding of the channel \fBfcopy\fR writes
 to. See the manual entry for \fBfconfigure\fR for details on the
-\fB\-encoding\fR option. No conversion is done if both channels are
-set to encoding "binary". If only the output channel is set to
+\fB\-encoding\fR and \fB\-translation\fR options. No conversion is
+done if both channels are
+set to encoding "binary" and have matching translations. If only the
+output channel is set to
 encoding "binary" the system will write the internal UTF-8
 representation of the incoming characters. If only the input channel
 is set to encoding "binary" the system will assume that the incoming
@@ -85,9 +88,19 @@ bytes are valid UTF-8 characters and convert them according to the
 output encoding. The behaviour of the system for bytes which are not
 valid UTF-8 characters is undefined in this case.

-.SH EXAMPLE
+.SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
-This first example shows how the callback gets
+The first example transfers the contents of one channel exactly to
+another. Note that when copying one file to another, it is better to
+use \fBfile copy\fR which also copies file metadata (e.g. the file
+access permissions) where possible.
+.DS
+fconfigure $in -translation binary
+fconfigure $out -translation binary
+\fBfcopy\fR $in $out
+.DE
+.PP
+This second example shows how the callback gets
 passed the number of bytes transferred.
 It also uses vwait to put the application into the event loop.
 Of course, this simplified example could be done without the command 
@@ -104,12 +117,11 @@ proc Cleanup {in out bytes {error {}}} {
 }
 set in [open $file1]
 set out [socket $server $port]
-fcopy $in $out -command [list Cleanup $in $out]
+\fBfcopy\fR $in $out -command [list Cleanup $in $out]
 vwait total
-
 .DE
 .PP
-The second example copies in chunks and tests for end of file
+The third example copies in chunks and tests for end of file
 in the command callback
 .DS
 proc CopyMore {in out chunk bytes {error {}}} {
@@ -120,7 +132,7 @@ proc CopyMore {in out chunk bytes {error {}}} {
 	close $in
 	close $out
    } else {
-	fcopy $in $out -command [list CopyMore $in $out $chunk] \\
+	\fBfcopy\fR $in $out -command [list CopyMore $in $out $chunk] \\
 	    -size $chunk
    }
 }
@@ -128,13 +140,12 @@ set in [open $file1]
 set out [socket $server $port]
 set chunk 1024
 set total 0
-fcopy $in $out -command [list CopyMore $in $out $chunk] -size $chunk
+\fBfcopy\fR $in $out -command [list CopyMore $in $out $chunk] -size $chunk
 vwait done
-
 .DE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-eof(n), fblocked(n), fconfigure(n)
+eof(n), fblocked(n), fconfigure(n), file(n)

 .SH KEYWORDS
 blocking, channel, end of line, end of file, nonblocking, read, translation
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: file.n,v 1.38 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: file.n,v 1.38.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH file n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ the length of the resource fork of the file, this attribute can only be
 set to the value 0, which results in the resource fork being stripped
 off the file.
 .RE
-.VS
 .TP
 \fBfile channels ?\fIpattern\fR?
 .
@@ -89,7 +88,6 @@ If \fIpattern\fR isn't specified, returns a list of names of all
 registered open channels in this interpreter.  If \fIpattern\fR is
 specified, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR are returned.  Matching
 is determined using the same rules as for \fBstring match\fR.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBfile copy \fR?\fB\-force\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? \fIsource\fR \fItarget\fR
 .TP
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fileevent.n,v 1.7 2004/11/20 00:17:32 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: fileevent.n,v 1.7.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH fileevent n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -34,13 +34,11 @@ appear to the user to ``freeze up''.  With \fBfileevent\fR, the process can
 tell when data is present and only invoke \fBgets\fR or \fBread\fR when
 they won't block.
 .PP
-.VS
 The \fIchannelId\fR argument to \fBfileevent\fR refers to an open
 channel such as a Tcl standard channel (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR,
 or \fBstderr\fR), the return value from an invocation of \fBopen\fR
 or \fBsocket\fR, or the result of a channel creation command provided
 by a Tcl extension.
-.VE
 .PP
 If the \fIscript\fR argument is specified, then \fBfileevent\fR
 creates a new event handler:  \fIscript\fR will be evaluated
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: flush.n,v 1.6 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: flush.n,v 1.6.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH flush n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -21,13 +21,11 @@ flush \- Flush buffered output for a channel
 .PP
 Flushes any output that has been buffered for \fIchannelId\fR.
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as a
 Tcl standard channel (\fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR), the return
 value from an invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or the result
 of a channel creation command provided by a Tcl extension.  The
 channel must have been opened for writing.
-.VE
 .PP
 If the channel is in blocking mode the command does not return until all the
 buffered output has been flushed to the channel. If the channel is in
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: foreach.n,v 1.5 2004/11/26 10:02:23 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: foreach.n,v 1.5.2.1 2004/12/08 18:24:35 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH foreach n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This loop prints every value in a list together with the square and
 cube of the value:
 .CS
 '\" Maintainers: notice the tab hacking below!
-.ta 32
+.ta 3i
 set values {1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8}	;# Odd numbers first, for fun!
 puts "Value\\tSquare\\tCube"	;# Neat-looking header
 \fBforeach\fR x $values {	;# Now loop and print...
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: format.n,v 1.10 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: format.n,v 1.10.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH format n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -130,12 +130,10 @@ which must be \fBh\fR or \fBl\fR.
 If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that the numeric value should be
 truncated to a 16-bit value before converting.
 This option is rarely useful.
-.VS 8.4
 If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the numeric value should be (at
 least) a 64-bit value.  If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR are present,
 numeric values are interpreted as being values of the width of the
 native machine word, as described by \fBtcl_platform(wordSize)\fR.
-.VE
 .PP
 The last thing in a conversion specifier is an alphabetic character
 that determines what kind of conversion to perform.
@@ -158,11 +156,9 @@ Convert integer to unsigned octal string.
 \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR
 Convert integer to unsigned hexadecimal string, using digits
 ``0123456789abcdef'' for \fBx\fR and ``0123456789ABCDEF'' for \fBX\fR).
-.VS
 .TP 10
 \fBc\fR
 Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
-.VE
 .TP 10
 \fBs\fR
 No conversion; just insert string.
@@ -207,12 +203,10 @@ For \fB%c\fR conversions the argument must be a decimal string,
 which will then be converted to the corresponding character value.
 .IP [3]
 The \fBl\fR modifier
-.VS 8.4
 is ignored for real values and on 64-bit platforms, which are always
 converted as if the \fBl\fR modifier were present (i.e. the types
 \fBdouble\fR and \fBlong\fR are used for the internal representation
 of real and integer values, respectively).
-.VE 8.4
 If the \fBh\fR modifier is specified then integer values are truncated
 to \fBshort\fR before conversion.  Both \fBh\fR and \fBl\fR modifiers
 are ignored on all other conversions.
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: gets.n,v 1.6 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: gets.n,v 1.6.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH gets n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -23,13 +23,11 @@ This command reads the next line from \fIchannelId\fR, returns everything
 in the line up to (but not including) the end-of-line character(s), and
 discards the end-of-line character(s).
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as the
 Tcl standard input channel (\fBstdin\fR), the return value from an
 invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or the result of a channel
 creation command provided by a Tcl extension. The channel must have
 been opened for input.
-.VE
 .PP
 If \fIvarName\fR is omitted the line is returned as the result of the
 command.
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: glob.n,v 1.17 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: glob.n,v 1.17.2.1 2005/07/12 20:36:15 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH glob n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -21,7 +21,9 @@ glob \- Return names of files that match patterns
 .PP
 This command performs file name ``globbing'' in a fashion similar to
 the csh shell.  It returns a list of the files whose names match any
-of the \fIpattern\fR arguments.
+of the \fIpattern\fR arguments.  No particular order is guaranteed
+in the list, so if a sorted list is required the caller should use 
+\fBlsort\fR.
 .LP
 If the initial arguments to \fBglob\fR start with \fB\-\fR then
 they are treated as switches.  The following switches are
@@ -157,11 +159,6 @@ be used with \fBfile join\fR, to avoid them being interpreted as
 absolute paths pointing to a given user's home directory.
 .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
 .PP
-Unlike other Tcl commands that will accept both network and native
-style names (see the \fBfilename\fR manual entry for details on how
-native and network names are specified), the \fBglob\fR command only
-accepts native names.  
-.TP
 \fBWindows\fR
 .
 For Windows UNC names, the servername and sharename components of the path
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: info.n,v 1.14 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: info.n,v 1.14.2.2 2005/07/12 20:36:15 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH info n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -40,7 +40,10 @@ in this interpreter.
 .TP
 \fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
 If \fIpattern\fR isn't specified,
-returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands in the current namespace,
+'\" Do not move this .VS above the .TP
+.VS 8.5
+returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands visible
+(i.e. executable without using a qualified name) to the current namespace,
 including both the built-in commands written in C and
 the command procedures defined using the \fBproc\fR command.
 If \fIpattern\fR is specified,
@@ -53,7 +56,11 @@ and may have pattern matching special characters
 at the end to specify a set of commands in that namespace.
 If \fIpattern\fR is a qualified name,
 the resulting list of command names has each one qualified with the name
-of the specified namespace.
+of the specified namespace, and only the commands defined in the named
+namespace are returned.
+'\" Technically, most of this hasn't changed; that's mostly just the
+'\" way it always worked. Hardly anyone knew that though.
+.VE 8.5
 .TP
 \fBinfo complete \fIcommand\fR
 Returns 1 if \fIcommand\fR is a complete Tcl command in the sense of
@@ -75,7 +82,6 @@ into variable \fIvarname\fR.
 Returns \fB1\fR if the variable named \fIvarName\fR exists in the
 current context (either as a global or local variable) and has been
 defined by being given a value, returns \fB0\fR otherwise.
-.VS 8.4
 .TP
 \fBinfo functions \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
 If \fIpattern\fR isn't specified, returns a list of all the math
@@ -83,7 +89,6 @@ functions currently defined.
 If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those functions whose name matches
 \fIpattern\fR are returned.  Matching is determined using the same
 rules as for \fBstring match\fR.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBinfo globals \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
 If \fIpattern\fR isn't specified, returns a list of all the names
@@ -96,13 +101,11 @@ are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for
 \fBinfo hostname\fR
 Returns the name of the computer on which this invocation is being
 executed.
-.VS
 Note that this name is not guaranteed to be the fully qualified domain
 name of the host.  Where machines have several different names (as is
 common on systems with both TCP/IP (DNS) and NetBIOS-based networking
 installed,) it is the name that is suitable for TCP/IP networking that
 is returned.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBinfo level\fR ?\fInumber\fR?
 If \fInumber\fR is not specified, this command returns a number
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: interp.n,v 1.22 2004/11/21 23:17:50 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: interp.n,v 1.22.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH interp n 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ through environment variables (the \fBenv\fR variable), which are
 normally shared among all interpreters in the application,
 .VS 8.5
 and by resource limit exceeded callbacks.
-.VE
+.VE 8.5
 Note that the
 name space for files (such as the names returned by the \fBopen\fR command)
 is no longer shared between interpreters. Explicit commands are provided to
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lappend.n,v 1.9 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lappend.n,v 1.9.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH lappend n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -43,10 +43,7 @@ Using \fBlappend\fR to build up a list of numbers.
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), 
-.VS 8.4
-lset(n)
-.VE
+list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
 lsort(n), lrange(n)

 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lindex.n,v 1.8 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lindex.n,v 1.8.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:24 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH lindex n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ lindex \- Retrieve an element from a list
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 The \fBlindex\fP command accepts a parameter, \fIlist\fP, which
 it treats as a Tcl list. It also accepts zero or more \fIindices\fP into
 the list.  The indices may be presented either consecutively on the
@@ -39,7 +38,6 @@ In this case, the return value of \fBlindex\fR is simply the value of the
 .PP
 When presented with a single index, the \fBlindex\fR command
 treats \fIlist\fR as a Tcl list and returns the
-.VE
 \fIindex\fR'th element from it (0 refers to the first element of the list).
 In extracting the element, \fBlindex\fR observes the same rules
 concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command
@@ -48,11 +46,12 @@ substitution and command substitution do not occur.
 If \fIindex\fR is negative or greater than or equal to the number
 of elements in \fIvalue\fR, then an empty
 string is returned.
-If \fIindex\fR has the value \fBend\fR, it refers to the last element
-in the list, and \fBend\-\fIinteger\fR refers to the last element in
-the list minus the specified integer offset.
+.VS 8.5
+The interpretation of each simple \fIindex\fR value is the same as 
+for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index
+arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list.
+.VE 8.5
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 If additional \fIindex\fR arguments are supplied, then each argument is
 used in turn to select an element from the previous indexing operation,
 allowing the script to select elements from sublists.  The command,
@@ -80,14 +79,12 @@ lindex [lindex [lindex $a 1] 2] 3
 \fBlindex\fR {{{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {g h}}} 1 1 0 \fI=> g\fR
 \fBlindex\fR {{{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {g h}}} {1 1 0} \fI=> g\fR
 .CE
-.VE
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
-.VS 8.4
-lset(n),
+lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
 .VE
-lsort(n),
-lrange(n), lreplace(n)

 .SH KEYWORDS
 element, index, list
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: linsert.n,v 1.10 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: linsert.n,v 1.10.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:24 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH linsert n 8.2 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -24,11 +24,12 @@ This command produces a new list from \fIlist\fR by inserting all of the
 \fIelement\fR arguments just before the \fIindex\fR'th element of
 \fIlist\fR.  Each \fIelement\fR argument will become a separate element of
 the new list.  If \fIindex\fR is less than or equal to zero, then the new
-elements are inserted at the beginning of the list.  If \fIindex\fR has the
-value \fBend\fR, or if it is greater than or equal to the number of
-elements in the list, then the new elements are appended to the list.
-\fBend\-\fIinteger\fR refers to the last element in the list minus the
-specified integer offset.
+elements are inserted at the beginning of the list.  
+.VS 8.5
+The interpretation of the \fIindex\fR value is the same as
+for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index
+arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list.
+.VE
 .SH EXAMPLE
 Putting some values into a list, first indexing from the start and
 then indexing from the end, and then chaining them together:
@@ -41,9 +42,10 @@ set newerList [\fBlinsert\fR [\fBlinsert\fR $oldList end-1 quick] 1 lazy]
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.VS 8.4
 list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
-lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
+lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
 .VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: llength.n,v 1.8 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: llength.n,v 1.8.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH llength n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -50,10 +50,8 @@ An empty list is not necessarily an empty string:
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.VS 8.4
 list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n), 
 lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
-.VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
 element, list, length
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: load.n,v 1.12 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: load.n,v 1.12.2.2 2005/05/21 15:10:25 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH load n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -92,13 +92,10 @@ This may be done differently on different platforms.
 The default guess, which is used on most UNIX platforms, is to
 take the last element of \fIfileName\fR, strip off the first
 three characters if they are \fBlib\fR, and use any following
-.VS
 alphabetic and underline characters as the module name.
-.VE
 For example, the command \fBload libxyz4.2.so\fR uses the module
 name \fBxyz\fR and the command \fBload bin/last.so {}\fR uses the
 module name \fBlast\fR.
-.VS "" br
 .PP
 If \fIfileName\fR is an empty string, then \fIpackageName\fR must
 be specified.
@@ -109,7 +106,6 @@ Otherwise, the \fBload\fR command searches for a dynamically loaded
 package by that name, and uses it if it is found.  If several
 different files have been \fBload\fRed with different versions of
 the package, Tcl picks the file that was loaded first.
-.VE
 .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
 .TP
 \fBWindows\fR\0\0\0\0\0
@@ -137,7 +133,7 @@ The following is a minimal extension:
 #include <tcl.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 static int fooCmd(ClientData clientData,
-        Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, char * CONST objv[]) {
+        Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) {
    printf("called with %d arguments\\n", objc);
    return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -159,7 +155,7 @@ it can then be loaded into Tcl with the following:
 # Load the extension
 switch $tcl_platform(platform) {
   windows {
-      \fBload\fR ./foo.dll
+      \fBload\fR [file join [pwd] foo.dll]
   }
   unix {
      \fBload\fR ./libfoo[info sharedlibextension]
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lrange.n,v 1.9 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lrange.n,v 1.9.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:25 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH lrange n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -23,9 +23,12 @@ lrange \- Return one or more adjacent elements from a list
 \fIList\fR must be a valid Tcl list.  This command will
 return a new list consisting of elements
 \fIfirst\fR through \fIlast\fR, inclusive.
-\fIFirst\fR or \fIlast\fR
-may be \fBend\fR (or any abbreviation of it) to refer to the last
-element of the list.
+.VS 8.5
+The index values \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are interpreted
+the same as index values for the command \fBstring index\fR,
+supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the
+end of the list.
+.VE
 If \fIfirst\fR is less than zero, it is treated as if it were zero.
 If \fIlast\fR is greater than or equal to the number of elements
 in the list, then it is treated as if it were \fBend\fR.
@@ -66,9 +69,10 @@ elements to
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.VS 8.4
 list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
-lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n)
+lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
 .VE

 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lreplace.n,v 1.10 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lreplace.n,v 1.10.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:25 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH lreplace n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -22,11 +22,17 @@ lreplace \- Replace elements in a list with new elements
 .PP
 \fBlreplace\fR returns a new list formed by replacing one or more elements of
 \fIlist\fR with the \fIelement\fR arguments.
-\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR specify the first and last index of the
-range of elements to replace.  0 refers to the first element of the
-list, and \fBend\fR (or any abbreviation of it) may be used to refer
-to the last element of the list.  If \fIlist\fR is empty, then
-\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are ignored.
+.VS 8.5
+\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are index values specifying the first and
+last elements of the range to replace.  
+The index values \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are interpreted
+the same as index values for the command \fBstring index\fR,
+supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the
+end of the list.
+0 refers to the first element of the
+list, and \fBend\fR refers to the last element of the list.
+If \fIlist\fR is empty, then \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are ignored.
+.VE

 If \fIfirst\fR is less than zero, it is considered to refer to the
 first element of the list.  For non-empty lists, the element indicated
@@ -65,10 +71,12 @@ a b c d
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.VS 8.4
 list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
-lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n)
+lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
 .VE

+
 .SH KEYWORDS
 element, list, replace
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-'\" -*- nroff -*-
 '\" 
 '\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
 '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
@@ -8,7 +7,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lsearch.n,v 1.21 2004/09/02 13:55:55 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lsearch.n,v 1.21.2.3 2005/07/12 20:36:15 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH lsearch n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -35,7 +34,8 @@ is \fB\-glob\fR.  If more than one matching style is specified, the
 last matching style given takes precedence.
 .TP
 \fB\-exact\fR
-The list element must contain exactly the same string as \fIpattern\fR.
+\fIPattern\fR is a literal string that is compared for exact equality
+against each list element.
 .TP
 \fB\-glob\fR
 \fIPattern\fR is a glob-style pattern which is matched against each list
@@ -71,10 +71,12 @@ This negates the sense of the match, returning the index of the first
 non-matching value in the list.
 .TP
 \fB\-start\fR\0\fIindex\fR
-The list is searched starting at position \fIindex\fR.  If \fIindex\fR
-has the value \fBend\fR, it refers to the last element in the list,
-and \fBend\-\fIinteger\fR refers to the last element in the list minus
-the specified integer offset.
+The list is searched starting at position \fIindex\fR.  
+.VS 8.5
+The interpretation of the \fIindex\fR value is the same as
+for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index
+arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list.
+.VE 8.5
 .SS "CONTENTS DESCRIPTION OPTIONS"
 These options describe how to interpret the items in the list being
 searched.  They are only meaningful when used with the \fB\-exact\fR
@@ -94,6 +96,13 @@ dictionary-equal when exactly equal.
 .TP
 \fB\-integer\fR
 The list elements are to be compared as integers.
+.VS 8.5
+.TP
+\fB\-nocase\fR
+Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner.  Has no
+effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or 
+\fB\-real\fR options.
+.VE 8.5
 .TP
 \fB\-real\fR
 The list elements are to be compared as floating-point values.
@@ -167,7 +176,15 @@ It is also possible to search inside elements:

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), 
-lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
+lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
+.VE
+

 .SH KEYWORDS
 list, match, pattern, regular expression, search, string
+
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lset.n,v 1.7 2003/12/01 21:27:14 msofer Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lset.n,v 1.7.2.1 2005/05/05 17:55:26 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH lset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -52,9 +52,11 @@ command.
 If \fIindex\fR is negative or greater than or equal to the number
 of elements in \fI$varName\fR, then an error occurs.
 .PP
-If \fIindex\fR has the value \fBend\fR, it refers to the last element
-in the list, and \fBend\-\fIinteger\fR refers to the last element in
-the list minus the specified integer offset.
+.VS 8.5
+The interpretation of each simple \fIindex\fR value is the same as
+for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index
+arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list.
+.VE 8.5
 .PP
 If additional \fIindex\fR arguments are supplied, then each argument is
 used in turn to address an element within a sublist designated
@@ -107,7 +109,11 @@ lset x {1 1 0} j => {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {j h}}
 .CE
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
-lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
+lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
+.VE
+

 .SH KEYWORDS
 element, index, list, replace, set
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lsort.n,v 1.18 2004/10/27 12:53:22 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: lsort.n,v 1.18.2.2 2005/07/12 20:36:16 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
-.TH lsort n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.TH lsort n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
@@ -78,10 +78,7 @@ sublists, \fBlsort\fR will extract the \fIindexList\fR'th element from
 each sublist
 .VS 8.5
 (as if the overall element and the \fIindexList\fR were passed to
-\fBlindex\fR) and sort based on the given element.  The keyword
-\fBend\fP is allowed for each element of the \fIindexList\fR to sort
-on the last sublist element, and \fBend-\fIindex\fR sorts on a sublist
-element offset from the end.
+\fBlindex\fR) and sort based on the given element.  
 .VE 8.5
 For example,
 .RS
@@ -107,6 +104,13 @@ returns \fB{{d e m o} 34512} {{b i g} 12345} {{c o d e} 54321}\fR
 This option is much more efficient than using \fB\-command\fR
 to achieve the same effect.
 .RE
+.VS 8.5
+.TP 20
+\fB\-nocase\fR
+Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner.  Has no
+effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or 
+\fB\-real\fR options.
+.VE 8.5
 .TP 20
 \fB\-unique\fR
 If this option is specified, then only the last set of duplicate
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: mathfunc.n,v 1.1.2.4 2005/10/08 13:44:37 dgp Exp $
+'\" 
+.so man.macros
+.TH mathfunc n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Mathematical Functions"
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+mathfunc \- Mathematical functions for Tcl expressions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+package require \fBTcl 8.5\fR
+.sp
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::abs\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::acos\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::asin\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::atan\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::atan2\fR \fIy\fR \fIx\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::bool\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::ceil\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::cos\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::cosh\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::double\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::exp\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::floor\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::fmod\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::hypot\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::int\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::log\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::log10\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::max\fR \fIarg\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::min\fR \fIarg\fR ?\fIarg\fR ...?
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::pow\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::rand\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::round\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::sin\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::sinh\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::sqrt\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::srand\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::tan\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::tanh\fR \fIarg\fR
+.br
+\fB::tcl::mathfunc::wide\fR \fIarg\fR
+.sp
+.BE
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.PP
+The \fBexpr\fR command handles mathematical functions of the form
+\fBsin($x)\fR or \fBatan2($y,$x)\fR by converting them to calls of the
+form \fB[tcl::math::sin [expr {$x}]]\fR or
+\fB[tcl::math::atan2 [expr {$y}] [expr {$x}]]\fR.
+A number of math functions are available by default within the
+namespace \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR; these functions are also available
+for code apart from \fBexpr\fR, by invoking the given commands
+directly.
+.PP
+Tcl supports the following mathematical functions in expressions, all
+of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
+.DS
+.ta 3c 6c 9c
+\fBabs\fR	\fBacos\fR	\fBasin\fR	\fBatan\fR
+\fBatan2\fR	\fBbool\fR	\fBceil\fR	\fBcos\fR
+\fBcosh\fR	\fBdouble\fR	\fBexp\fR	\fBfloor\fR
+\fBfmod\fR	\fBhypot\fR	\fBint\fR	\fBlog\fR
+\fBlog10\fR	\fBmax\fR	\fBmin\fR	\fBpow\fR
+\fBrand\fR	\fBround\fR	\fBsin\fR	\fBsinh\fR
+\fBsqrt\fR	\fBsrand\fR	\fBtan\fR	\fBtanh\fR
+\fBwide\fR
+.DE
+.PP
+.TP
+\fBabs(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the absolute value of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR may be either
+integer or floating-point, and the result is returned in the same form.
+.TP
+\fBacos(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the arc cosine of \fIarg\fR, in the range [\fI0\fR,\fIpi\fR]
+radians. \fIArg\fR should be in the range [\fI-1\fR,\fI1\fR].
+.TP
+\fBasin(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the arc sine of \fIarg\fR, in the range [\fI-pi/2\fR,\fIpi/2\fR]
+radians.  \fIArg\fR should be in the range [\fI-1\fR,\fI1\fR].
+.TP
+\fBatan(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the arc tangent of \fIarg\fR, in the range [\fI-pi/2\fR,\fIpi/2\fR]
+radians.
+.TP
+\fBatan2(\fIy, x\fB)\fR
+Returns the arc tangent of \fIy\fR/\fIx\fR, in the range [\fI-pi\fR,\fIpi\fR]
+radians.  \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR cannot both be 0.  If \fIx\fR is greater
+than \fI0\fR, this is equivalent to \fBatan(\fIy/x\fB)\fR.
+.TP
+\fBbool(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Accepts any numerical value, or any string acceptable to
+\fBstring is boolean\fR, and returns the corresponding 
+boolean value \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR.  Non-zero numbers are true.
+Other numbers are false.  Non-numeric strings produce boolean value in
+agreement with \fBstring is true\fR and \fBstring is false\fR.
+.TP
+\fBceil(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the smallest integral floating-point value (i.e. with a zero
+fractional part) not less than \fIarg\fR.
+.TP
+\fBcos(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the cosine of \fIarg\fR, measured in radians.
+.TP
+\fBcosh(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the hyperbolic cosine of \fIarg\fR.  If the result would cause
+an overflow, an error is returned.
+.TP
+\fBdouble(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+If \fIarg\fR is a floating-point value, returns \fIarg\fR, otherwise converts
+\fIarg\fR to floating-point and returns the converted value.
+.TP
+\fBexp(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the exponential of \fIarg\fR, defined as \fIe\fR**\fIarg\fR.
+If the result would cause an overflow, an error is returned.
+.TP
+\fBfloor(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the largest integral floating-point value (i.e. with a zero
+fractional part) not greater than \fIarg\fR.
+.TP
+\fBfmod(\fIx, y\fB)\fR
+Returns the floating-point remainder of the division of \fIx\fR by
+\fIy\fR.  If \fIy\fR is 0, an error is returned.
+.TP
+\fBhypot(\fIx, y\fB)\fR
+Computes the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle
+\fBsqrt(\fIx\fR*\fIx\fR+\fIy\fR*\fIy\fB)\fR.
+.TP
+\fBint(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+If \fIarg\fR is an integer value of the same width as the machine
+word, returns \fIarg\fR, otherwise
+converts \fIarg\fR to an integer (of the same size as a machine word,
+i.e. 32-bits on 32-bit systems, and 64-bits on 64-bit systems) by
+truncation and returns the converted value.
+.TP
+\fBlog(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the natural logarithm of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be a
+positive value.
+.TP
+\fBlog10(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the base 10 logarithm of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be a
+positive value.
+.TP
+\fBmax(\fIarg\fB, \fI...\fB)\fR
+Returns the maximum value of all given numeric arguments.
+.TP
+\fBmin(\fIarg\fB, \fI...\fB)\fR
+Returns the minimum value of all given numeric arguments.
+.TP
+\fBpow(\fIx, y\fB)\fR
+Computes the value of \fIx\fR raised to the power \fIy\fR.  If \fIx\fR
+is negative, \fIy\fR must be an integer value.
+.TP
+\fBrand()\fR
+Returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (\fI0\fR,\fI1\fR).  
+The generator algorithm is a simple linear congruential generator that
+is not cryptographically secure.  Each result from \fBrand\fR completely
+determines all future results from subsequent calls to \fBrand\fR, so
+\fBrand\fR should not be used to generate a sequence of secrets, such as
+one-time passwords.  The seed of the generator is initialized from the
+internal clock of the machine or may be set with the \fBsrand\fR function.
+.TP
+\fBround(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+If \fIarg\fR is an integer value, returns \fIarg\fR, otherwise converts
+\fIarg\fR to integer by rounding and returns the converted value.
+.TP
+\fBsin(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the sine of \fIarg\fR, measured in radians.
+.TP
+\fBsinh(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the hyperbolic sine of \fIarg\fR.  If the result would cause
+an overflow, an error is returned.
+.TP
+\fBsqrt(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the square root of \fIarg\fR.  \fIArg\fR must be non-negative.
+.TP
+\fBsrand(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+The \fIarg\fR, which must be an integer, is used to reset the seed for
+the random number generator of \fBrand\fR.  Returns the first random
+number (see \fBrand()\fR) from that seed.  Each interpreter has its own seed.
+.TP
+\fBtan(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the tangent of \fIarg\fR, measured in radians.
+.TP
+\fBtanh(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Returns the hyperbolic tangent of \fIarg\fR.
+.TP
+\fBwide(\fIarg\fB)\fR
+Converts \fIarg\fR to an integer value at least 64-bits wide (by sign-extension
+if \fIarg\fR is a 32-bit number) if it is not one already.
+.PP
+In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
+define additional functions by using \fBproc\fR (or any other method,
+such as \fBinterp alias\fR or \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR) to define
+new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.  In addition, an
+obsolete interface named \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR() is available to
+extensions that are written in C. The latter interface is not recommended
+for new implementations..
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+expr(n), namespace(n)
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+.br
+Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
+.br
+Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ cannot be set independently.  For example, if the
 current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
 .VS 1.4
 returns \fB{en_US_funky en_US en {}}\fR.
-.VE
+.VE 1.4
 .TP
 \fB::msgcat::mcload \fIdirname\fR
 Searches the specified directory for files that match
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ performed during string translation.  For example, if a user specifies
 .VS 1.4
 en_GB_Funky, the locales ``en_GB_Funky'', ``en_GB'', ``en'' and ``''
 (the empty string)
-.VE
+.VE 1.4
 are searched in order until a matching translation
 string is found.  If no translation string is available, then
 \fB::msgcat::unknown\fR is called.
@@ -240,12 +240,12 @@ followed by ``.msg''.  For example:
 es.msg    -- spanish
 en_gb.msg -- United Kingdom English
 .CE
-.VS
+.VS 1.4
 \fIException:\fR The message file for the root locale ``'' is
 called \fBROOT.msg\fR.  This exception is made so as not to
 cause peculiar behavior, such as marking the message file as
 ``hidden'' on Unix file systems.
-.VE
+.VE 1.4
 .IP [3]
 The file contains a series of calls to \fBmcset\fR and
 \fBmcmset\fR, setting the necessary translation strings
@@ -2,11 +2,12 @@
 '\" Copyright (c) 1993-1997 Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies
 '\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Donal K. Fellows.
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: namespace.n,v 1.16 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: namespace.n,v 1.16.2.2 2005/07/12 20:36:16 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH namespace n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -216,6 +217,17 @@ for namespace \fInamespace\fR.
 If \fInamespace\fR is not specified,
 the fully-qualified name of the current namespace's parent is returned.
 .TP
+\fBnamespace path\fR ?\fInamespaceList\fR?
+'\" Should really have the .TP inside the .VS, but that triggers a groff bug
+.VS 8.5
+Returns the command resolution path of the current namespace. If
+\fInamespaceList\fR is specified as a list of named namespaces, the
+current namespace's command resolution path is set to those namespaces
+and returns the empty list. The default command resolution path is
+always empty. See the section \fBNAME RESOLUTION\fR below for an
+explanation of the rules regarding name resolution.
+.VE 8.5
+.TP
 \fBnamespace qualifiers\fR \fIstring\fR
 Returns any leading namespace qualifiers for \fIstring\fR.
 Qualifiers are namespace names separated by double colons (\fB::\fR).
@@ -387,10 +399,18 @@ there is no question about what command, variable, or namespace
 you mean.
 However, if the name does not start with a \fB::\fR
 (i.e., is \fIrelative\fR), 
-Tcl follows a fixed rule for looking it up:
-Command and variable names are always resolved
+Tcl follows basic rules for looking it up:
+Variable names are always resolved
 by looking first in the current namespace,
 and then in the global namespace.
+.VS 8.5
+Command names are also always resolved by looking in the current
+namespace first. If not found there, they are searched for in every
+namespace on the current namespace's command path (which is empty by
+default). If not found there, command names are looked up in the
+global namespace (or, failing that, are processed by the \fBunknown\fR
+command.)
+.VE 8.5
 Namespace names, on the other hand, are always resolved
 by looking in only the current namespace.
 .PP
@@ -764,10 +784,16 @@ Create a namespace containing a variable and an exported command:
 Call the command defined in the previous example in various ways.
 .CS
 # Direct call
-foo::grill
+::foo::grill
+
+# Use the command resolution path to find the name
+\fBnamespace eval\fR boo {
+   \fBnamespace path\fR ::foo
+   grill
+}

 # Import into current namespace, then call local alias
-namespace import foo::grill
+\fBnamespace import\fR foo::grill
 grill

 # Create two ensembles, one with the default name and one with a
@@ -782,7 +808,7 @@ foobar grill
 .PP
 Look up where the command imported in the previous example came from:
 .CS
-puts "grill came from [\fBnamespace which\fR grill]"
+puts "grill came from [\fBnamespace origin\fR grill]"
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: open.n,v 1.22 2004/11/09 04:51:31 davygrvy Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: open.n,v 1.22.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:27 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH open n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -61,6 +61,14 @@ Set the initial access position  to the end of the file.
 Open the file for reading and writing.  If the file doesn't exist,
 create a new empty file.
 Set the initial access position  to the end of the file.
+.VS 8.5
+.PP
+All of the legal \fIaccess\fR values above may have the character
+\fBb\fR added as the second or third character in the value to
+indicate that the opened channel should be configured with the
+\fB-translation binary\fR option, making the channel suitable for 
+reading or writing of binary data.
+.VE 8.5
 .PP
 In the second form, \fIaccess\fR consists of a list of any of the
 following flags, all of which have the standard POSIX meanings.
@@ -78,6 +86,11 @@ Open the file for both reading and writing.
 \fBAPPEND\fR
 Set the file pointer to the end of the file prior to each write.
 .TP 15
+.VS 8.5
+\fBBINARY\fR
+Configure the opened channed with the \fB-translation binary\fR option.
+.VE 8.5
+.TP 15
 \fBCREAT\fR
 Create the file if it doesn't already exist (without this flag it
 is an error for the file not to exist).
@@ -106,14 +119,6 @@ If a new file is created as part of opening it, \fIpermissions\fR
 (an integer) is used to set the permissions for the new file in
 conjunction with the process's file mode creation mask.
 \fIPermissions\fR defaults to 0666.
-.PP
-Note that if you are going to be reading or writing binary data from
-the channel created by this command, you should use the
-\fBfconfigure\fR command to change the \fB-translation\fR option of
-the channel to \fBbinary\fR before transferring any binary data.  This
-is in contrast to the ``b'' character passed as part of the equivalent
-of the \fIaccess\fR parameter to some versions of the C library
-\fIfopen()\fR function.

 .SH "COMMAND PIPELINES"
 .PP
@@ -142,7 +147,6 @@ returned (a silent \fBclose\fR with -blocking 0).
 It is often useful to use the \fBfileevent\fR command with pipelines
 so other processing may happen at the same time as running the command
 in the background.
-.VS 8.4
 .SH "SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS"
 .PP
 If \fIfileName\fR refers to a serial port, then the specified serial port
@@ -322,7 +326,6 @@ may cause this error.
 .TP 10
 \fBBREAK\fR
 A BREAK condition has been detected by your UART (see above).
-.VE

 .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
 .TP
@@ -384,10 +387,8 @@ applications are run synchronously, as described above.
 Valid values for \fIfileName\fR to open a serial port are generally of the
 form \fB/dev/tty\fIX\fR, where \fIX\fR is \fBa\fR or \fBb\fR, but the name
 of any pseudo-file that maps to a serial port may be used.
-.VS 8.4
 Advanced configuration options are only supported for serial ports
 when Tcl is built to use the POSIX serial interface.
-.VE 8.4
 .sp
 When running Tcl interactively, there may be some strange interactions
 between the console, if one is present, and a command pipeline that uses
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: pkgMkIndex.n,v 1.14 2003/02/25 23:58:09 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: pkgMkIndex.n,v 1.14.6.2 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH pkg_mkIndex n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -14,9 +14,7 @@
 pkg_mkIndex \- Build an index for automatic loading of packages
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-.VS 8.3.0
 \fBpkg_mkIndex ?\fI\-direct\fR?  ?\fI\-lazy\fR?  ?\fI\-load pkgPat\fR? ?\fI\-verbose\fR? \fIdir\fR ?\fIpattern pattern ...\fR?
-.VE
 .fi
 .BE

@@ -41,9 +39,7 @@ Create the index by invoking \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR.
 The \fIdir\fR argument gives the name of a directory and each
 \fIpattern\fR argument is a \fBglob\fR-style pattern that selects
 script or binary files in \fIdir\fR.
-.VS 8.0.3
 The default pattern is \fB*.tcl\fR and \fB*.[info sharedlibextension]\fR.
-.VE
 .br
 \fBPkg_mkIndex\fR will create a file \fBpkgIndex.tcl\fR in \fIdir\fR
 with package information about all the files given by the \fIpattern\fR
@@ -109,7 +105,8 @@ upon \fBpackage require\fR.  This is the default.
 \fB\-lazy\fR
 The generated index will manage to delay loading the package until the
 use of one of the commands provided by the package, instead of loading
-it immediately upon \fBpackage require\fR.
+it immediately upon \fBpackage require\fR.  This is not compatible with
+the use of \fIauto_reset\fR, and therefore its use is discouraged.
 .TP 15
 \fB\-load \fIpkgPat\fR
 The index process will pre-load any packages that exist in the
@@ -159,10 +156,8 @@ commands for each version of each available package;  these commands
 invoke \fBpackage provide\fR commands to announce the
 availability of the package, and they setup auto-loader
 information to load the files of the package.
-.VS 8.3
 If the \fI\-lazy\fR flag was provided when the \fBpkgIndex.tcl\fR
 was generated,
-.VE
 a given file of a given version of a given package isn't
 actually loaded until the first time one of its commands
 is invoked.
@@ -170,7 +165,6 @@ Thus, after invoking \fBpackage require\fR you may
 not see the package's commands in the interpreter, but you will be able
 to invoke the commands and they will be auto-loaded.

-.VS 8.3
 .SH "DIRECT LOADING"
 .PP
 Some packages, for instance packages which use namespaces and export
@@ -179,7 +173,6 @@ that their package files be loaded immediately upon \fBpackage require\fR
 instead of delaying the actual loading to the first use of one of the
 package's command. This is the default mode when generating the package
 index.  It can be overridden by specifying the \fI\-lazy\fR argument.
-.VE

 .SH "COMPLEX CASES"
 Most complex cases of dependencies among scripts
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: puts.n,v 1.8 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: puts.n,v 1.8.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH puts n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -22,13 +22,11 @@ puts \- Write to a channel
 Writes the characters given by \fIstring\fR to the channel given
 by \fIchannelId\fR.
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as a
 Tcl standard channel (\fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR), the return
 value from an invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or the result
 of a channel creation command provided by a Tcl extension. The channel
 must have been opened for output.
-.VE
 .PP
 If no \fIchannelId\fR is specified then it defaults to
 \fBstdout\fR. \fBPuts\fR normally outputs a newline character after
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-'\" -*- nroff -*-
 '\"
 '\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 '\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
@@ -6,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: re_syntax.n,v 1.5 2004/10/31 16:01:54 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: re_syntax.n,v 1.5.2.2 2005/04/10 23:14:43 kennykb Exp $
 '\"
 .so man.macros
 .TH re_syntax n "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -49,7 +48,7 @@ an empty branch matches the empty string.
 .PP
 A quantified atom is an \fIatom\fR possibly followed
 by a single \fIquantifier\fR.
-Without a quantifier, it matches a match for the atom.
+Without a quantifier, it matches a single match for the atom.
 The quantifiers,
 and what a so-quantified atom matches, are:
 .RS 2
@@ -86,43 +85,33 @@ permissible values from 0 to 255 inclusive.
 .PP
 An atom is one of:
 .RS 2
-.TP 6
-\fB(\fIre\fB)\fR
-(where \fIre\fR is any regular expression) matches a match for
-\fIre\fR, with the match noted for possible reporting
-.TP
-\fB(?:\fIre\fB)\fR
+.IP \fB(\fIre\fB)\fR 6
+matches a match for \fIre\fR (\fIre\fR is any regular expression) with
+the match noted for possible reporting
+.IP \fB(?:\fIre\fB)\fR
 as previous, but does no reporting (a ``non-capturing'' set of
 parentheses)
-.TP
-\fB()\fR
+.IP \fB()\fR
 matches an empty string, noted for possible reporting
-.TP
-\fB(?:)\fR
+.IP \fB(?:)\fR
 matches an empty string, without reporting
-.TP
-\fB[\fIchars\fB]\fR
+.IP \fB[\fIchars\fB]\fR
 a \fIbracket expression\fR, matching any one of the \fIchars\fR (see
 \fBBRACKET EXPRESSIONS\fR for more detail)
-.TP
-\fB.\fR
+.IP \fB.\fR
 matches any single character
-.TP
-\fB\e\fIk\fR
-(where \fIk\fR is a non-alphanumeric character) matches that character
-taken as an ordinary character, e.g. \e\e matches a backslash
+.IP \fB\e\fIk\fR
+matches the non-alphanumeric character \fIk\fR
+taken as an ordinary character, e.g. \fB\e\e\fR matches a backslash
 character
-.TP
-\fB\e\fIc\fR
+.IP \fB\e\fIc\fR
 where \fIc\fR is alphanumeric (possibly followed by other characters),
 an \fIescape\fR (AREs only), see \fBESCAPES\fR below
-.TP
-\fB{\fR
+.IP \fB{\fR
 when followed by a character other than a digit, matches the
 left-brace character `\fB{\fR'; when followed by a digit, it is the
 beginning of a \fIbound\fR (see above)
-.TP
-\fIx\fR
+.IP \fIx\fR
 where \fIx\fR is a single character with no other significance,
 matches that character.
 .RE
@@ -654,3 +643,7 @@ RegExp(3), regexp(n), regsub(n), lsearch(n), switch(n), text(n)

 .SH KEYWORDS
 match, regular expression, string
+
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: read.n,v 1.9 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: read.n,v 1.9.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH read n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -32,13 +32,11 @@ the channel is configured to use a multi-byte encoding, then the
 number of characters read may not be the same as the number of bytes
 read.
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as the
 Tcl standard input channel (\fBstdin\fR), the return value from an
 invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or the result of a channel
 creation command provided by a Tcl extension. The channel must have
 been opened for input.
-.VE
 .PP
 If \fIchannelId\fR is in nonblocking mode, the command may not read as
 many characters as requested: once all available input has been read,
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: regexp.n,v 1.16 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: regexp.n,v 1.16.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:27 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH regexp n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -83,7 +83,6 @@ manual page).
 \fB\-nocase\fR
 Causes upper-case characters in \fIstring\fR to be treated as
 lower case during the matching process.
-.VS 8.3
 .TP 15
 \fB\-all\fR
 Causes the regular expression to be matched as many times as possible
@@ -108,13 +107,17 @@ regular expression.  Examples are:
 .TP 15
 \fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR
 Specifies a character index offset into the string to start
-matching the regular expression at.  When using this switch, `^'
+matching the regular expression at.  
+.VS 8.5
+The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner
+as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR.
+.VE 8.5
+When using this switch, `^'
 will not match the beginning of the line, and \\A will still
 match the start of the string at \fIindex\fR.  If \fB\-indices\fR
 is specified, the indices will be indexed starting from the
 absolute beginning of the input string.
 \fIindex\fR will be constrained to the bounds of the input string.
-.VE 8.3
 .TP 15
 \fB\-\|\-\fR
 Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
@@ -155,7 +158,11 @@ characters) in a string:
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-re_syntax(n), regsub(n)
+re_syntax(n), regsub(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
+.VE
+

 .SH KEYWORDS
 match, regular expression, string
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: registry.n,v 1.12 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: registry.n,v 1.12.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH registry n 1.1 registry "Tcl Bundled Packages"
@@ -40,17 +40,14 @@ one of the following forms:
 \fIHostname\fR specifies the name of any valid Windows
 host that exports its registry.  The \fIrootname\fR component must be
 one of \fBHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\fR, \fBHKEY_USERS\fR,
-.VS
 \fBHKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\fR, \fBHKEY_CURRENT_USER\fR,
 \fBHKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG\fR, \fBHKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA\fR, or
 \fBHKEY_DYN_DATA\fR.  The \fIkeypath\fR can be one or more
-.VE
 registry key names separated by backslash (\fB\e\fR) characters.
 .PP
 \fIOption\fR indicates what to do with the registry key name.  Any
 unique abbreviation for \fIoption\fR is acceptable.  The valid options
 are:
-.VS 8.4
 .TP
 \fBregistry broadcast \fIkeyName\fR ?\fI-timeout milliseconds\fR?
 .
@@ -67,7 +64,6 @@ set curPath [registry get $regPath "Path"]
 registry set $regPath "Path" "$curPath;$addPath"
 registry broadcast "Environment"
 .CE
-.VE 8.4
 .TP
 \fBregistry delete \fIkeyName\fR ?\fIvalueName\fR?
 .
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: regsub.n,v 1.12 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: regsub.n,v 1.12.2.2 2005/05/05 17:55:28 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH regsub n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -15,26 +15,20 @@
 .SH NAME
 regsub \- Perform substitutions based on regular expression pattern matching
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.VS 8.4
 \fBregsub \fR?\fIswitches\fR? \fIexp string subSpec \fR?\fIvarName\fR?
-.VE 8.4
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 This command matches the regular expression \fIexp\fR against
 \fIstring\fR,
-.VS 8.4
 and either copies \fIstring\fR to the variable whose name is
 given by \fIvarName\fR or returns \fIstring\fR if \fIvarName\fR is not
 present.
-.VE 8.4
 (Regular expression matching is described in the \fBre_syntax\fR
 reference page.)
 If there is a match, then while copying \fIstring\fR to \fIvarName\fR
-.VS 8.4
 (or to the result of this command if \fIvarName\fR is not present)
-.VE 8.4
 the portion of \fIstring\fR that
 matched \fIexp\fR is replaced with \fIsubSpec\fR.
 If \fIsubSpec\fR contains a ``&'' or ``\e0'', then it is replaced
@@ -98,7 +92,12 @@ by \fIsubSpec\fR use the original unconverted form of \fIstring\fR.
 .TP 10
 \fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR
 Specifies a character index offset into the string to start
-matching the regular expression at.  When using this switch, `^'
+matching the regular expression at.  
+.VS 8.5
+The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner
+as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR.
+.VE 8.5
+When using this switch, `^'
 will not match the beginning of the line, and \\A will still
 match the start of the string at \fIindex\fR.
 \fIindex\fR will be constrained to the bounds of the input string.
@@ -107,11 +106,9 @@ match the start of the string at \fIindex\fR.
 Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
 be treated as \fIexp\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 If \fIvarName\fR is supplied, the command returns a count of the
 number of matching ranges that were found and replaced, otherwise the
 string after replacement is returned.
-.VE 8.4
 See the manual entry for \fBregexp\fR for details on the interpretation
 of regular expressions.
 .SH EXAMPLES
@@ -142,7 +139,11 @@ set quoted [subst [\fBregsub\fR -all $RE $string $substitution]]
 .CE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-regexp(n), re_syntax(n), subst(n)
+regexp(n), re_syntax(n), subst(n),
+.VS 8.5
+string(n)
+.VE
+

 .SH KEYWORDS
 match, pattern, regular expression, substitute
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: scan.n,v 1.12 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: scan.n,v 1.12.2.2 2005/10/08 13:44:37 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH scan n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -43,13 +43,11 @@ Otherwise, if it isn't a \fB%\fR character then it
 must match the next character of \fIstring\fR.
 When a \fB%\fR is encountered in \fIformat\fR, it indicates
 the start of a conversion specifier.
-.VS 8.4
 A conversion specifier contains up to four fields after the \fB%\fR:
 a \fB*\fR, which indicates that the converted value is to be discarded 
 instead of assigned to a variable; a XPG3 position specifier; a number
 indicating a maximum field width; a field size modifier; and a
 conversion character.
-.VE 8.4
 All of these fields are optional except for the conversion character.
 The fields that are present must appear in the order given above.
 .PP
@@ -75,16 +73,13 @@ The following conversion characters are supported:
 \fBd\fR
 The input field must be a decimal integer.
 It is read in and the value is stored in the variable as a decimal string.
-.VS 8.4
 If the \fBl\fR or \fBL\fR field size modifier is given, the scanned
 value will have an internal representation that is at least 64-bits in
 size.
-.VE 8.4
 .TP 10
 \fBo\fR
 The input field must be an octal integer. It is read in and the 
 value is stored in the variable as a decimal string.
-.VS 8.4
 If the \fBl\fR or \fBL\fR field size modifier is given, the scanned
 value will have an internal representation that is at least 64-bits in
 size.
@@ -92,12 +87,10 @@ If the value exceeds MAX_INT (017777777777 on platforms using 32-bit
 integers when the \fBl\fR and \fBL\fR modifiers are not given), it
 will be truncated to a signed integer.  Hence, 037777777777 will
 appear as -1 on a 32-bit machine by default.
-.VE 8.4
 .TP 10
 \fBx\fR
 The input field must be a hexadecimal integer. It is read in 
 and the value is stored in the variable as a decimal string.
-.VS 8.4
 If the \fBl\fR or \fBL\fR field size modifier is given, the scanned
 value will have an internal representation that is at least 64-bits in
 size.
@@ -105,26 +98,21 @@ If the value exceeds MAX_INT (0x7FFFFFFF on platforms using 32-bit
 integers when the \fBl\fR and \fBL\fR modifiers are not given), it
 will be truncated to a signed integer.  Hence, 0xFFFFFFFF will appear
 as -1 on a 32-bit machine.
-.VE 8.4
 .TP 10
 \fBu\fR
 The input field must be a decimal integer.  The value is stored in the
 variable as an unsigned decimal integer string.
-.VS 8.4
 If the \fBl\fR or \fBL\fR field size modifier is given, the scanned
 value will have an internal representation that is at least 64-bits in
 size.
-.VE 8.4
 .TP 10
 \fBi\fR 
 The input field must be an integer.  The base (i.e. decimal, octal, or
 hexadecimal) is determined in the same fashion as described in
 \fBexpr\fR.  The value is stored in the variable as a decimal string.
-.VS 8.4
 If the \fBl\fR or \fBL\fR field size modifier is given, the scanned
 value will have an internal representation that is at least 64-bits in
 size.
-.VE 8.4
 .TP 10
 \fBc\fR
 A single character is read in and its binary value is stored in 
@@ -148,8 +136,7 @@ decimal digits.
 It is read in and stored in the variable as a floating-point string.
 .TP 10
 \fB[\fIchars\fB]\fR
-The input field consists of any number of characters in 
-\fIchars\fR.
+The input field consists of one or more characters in \fIchars\fR.
 The matching string is stored in the variable.
 If the first character between the brackets is a \fB]\fR then
 it is treated as part of \fIchars\fR rather than the closing
@@ -161,8 +148,7 @@ If the first or last character between the brackets is a \fB\-\fR, then
 it is treated as part of \fIchars\fR rather than indicating a range.
 .TP 10
 \fB[^\fIchars\fB]\fR
-The input field consists of any number of characters not in 
-\fIchars\fR.
+The input field consists of one or more characters not in \fIchars\fR.
 The matching string is stored in the variable.
 If the character immediately following the \fB^\fR is a \fB]\fR then it is 
 treated as part of the set rather than the closing bracket for 
@@ -199,11 +185,9 @@ converted to a decimal string, which is then assigned to the
 corresponding \fIvarName\fR;
 no field width may be specified for this conversion.
 .IP [3]
-.VS 8.4
 The \fBh\fR modifier is always ignored and the \fBl\fR and \fBL\fR
 modifiers are ignored when converting real values (i.e. type
 \fBdouble\fR is used for the internal representation).
-.VE 8.4
 .IP [4]
 If the end of the input string is reached before any conversions have been
 performed and no variables are given, an empty string is returned.
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: seek.n,v 1.7 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: seek.n,v 1.7.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH seek n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -21,12 +21,10 @@ seek \- Change the access position for an open channel
 .PP
 Changes the current access position for \fIchannelId\fR.
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as a
 Tcl standard channel (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR, or \fBstderr\fR),
 the return value from an invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or
 the result of a channel creation command provided by a Tcl extension.
-.VE
 .PP
 The \fIoffset\fR and \fIorigin\fR
 arguments specify the position at which the next read or write will occur
@@ -57,11 +55,9 @@ This command returns an empty string.
 An error occurs if this command is applied to channels whose underlying
 file or device does not support seeking.
 .PP
-.VS 8.1
 Note that \fIoffset\fR values are byte offsets, not character
 offsets.  Both \fBseek\fR and \fBtell\fR operate in terms of bytes,
 not characters, unlike \fBread\fR.
-.VE 8.1
 .SH EXAMPLES
 Read a file twice:
 .CS
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: string.n,v 1.24 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: string.n,v 1.24.2.4 2005/07/12 20:36:16 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH string n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -72,23 +72,43 @@ will return \fB\-1\fR.
 Returns the \fIcharIndex\fR'th character of the \fIstring\fR argument.
 A \fIcharIndex\fR of 0 corresponds to the first character of the
 string.  \fIcharIndex\fR may be specified as follows:
+.VS 8.5
 .RS
 .IP \fIinteger\fR 10
-The char specified at this integral index.
+For any index value that passes \fBstring is integer -strict\fR,
+the char specified at this integral index
+(e.g. \fB2\fR would refer to the "c" in "abcd").
 .IP \fBend\fR 10
-The last char of the string.
-.IP \fBend\-\fIinteger\fR 10
-The last char of the string minus the specified integer offset
-(e.g. \fBend\-1\fR would refer to the "c" in "abcd").
+The last char of the string
+(e.g. \fBend\fR would refer to the "d" in "abcd").
+.IP \fBend\fR\-\fIN\fR 10
+The last char of the string minus the specified integer offset \fIN\fR
+(e.g. \fBend\fR\-1 would refer to the "c" in "abcd").
+.IP \fBend\fR+\fIN\fR 10
+The last char of the string plus the specified integer offset \fIN\fR
+(e.g. \fBend\fR+\-1 would refer to the "c" in "abcd").
+.IP \fIM\fR+\fIN\fR 10
+The char specified at the integral index that is the sum of 
+integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR
+(e.g. \fB1+1\fR would refer to the "c" in "abcd").
+.IP \fIM\fR\-\fIN\fR 10
+The char specified at the integral index that is the difference of 
+integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR
+(e.g. \fB2\-1\fR would refer to the "b" in "abcd").
+.PP
+In the specifications above, the integer value \fIM\fR contains no
+trailing whitespace and the integer value \fIN\fR contains no
+leading whitespace.
 .PP
 If \fIcharIndex\fR is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the
-length of the string then an empty string is returned.
+length of the string then this command returns an empty string.
 .RE
+.VE
 .TP
 \fBstring is \fIclass\fR ?\fB\-strict\fR? ?\fB\-failindex \fIvarname\fR? \fIstring\fR
 Returns 1 if \fIstring\fR is a valid member of the specified character
 class, otherwise returns 0.  If \fB\-strict\fR is specified, then an
-empty string returns 0, otherwise and empty string will return 1 on
+empty string returns 0, otherwise an empty string will return 1 on
 any class.  If \fB\-failindex\fR is specified, then if the function
 returns 0, the index in the string where the class was no longer valid
 will be stored in the variable named \fIvarname\fR.  The \fIvarname\fR
@@ -286,19 +306,19 @@ specified as for the \fBindex\fR method.
 .TP
 \fBstring trim \fIstring\fR ?\fIchars\fR?
 Returns a value equal to \fIstring\fR except that any leading or
-trailing characters from the set given by \fIchars\fR are removed.  If
+trailing characters present in the string given by \fIchars\fR are removed.  If
 \fIchars\fR is not specified then white space is removed (spaces,
 tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).
 .TP
 \fBstring trimleft \fIstring\fR ?\fIchars\fR?
 Returns a value equal to \fIstring\fR except that any leading
-characters from the set given by \fIchars\fR are removed.  If
+characters present in the string given by \fIchars\fR are removed.  If
 \fIchars\fR is not specified then white space is removed (spaces,
 tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).
 .TP
 \fBstring trimright \fIstring\fR ?\fIchars\fR?
 Returns a value equal to \fIstring\fR except that any trailing
-characters from the set given by \fIchars\fR are removed.  If
+characters present in the string given by \fIchars\fR are removed.  If
 \fIchars\fR is not specified then white space is removed (spaces,
 tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).
 .TP
@@ -334,3 +354,7 @@ expr(n), list(n)

 .SH KEYWORDS
 case conversion, compare, index, match, pattern, string, word, equal, ctype
+
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: subst.n,v 1.6 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: subst.n,v 1.6.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH subst n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ For example, if \fB\-nocommands\fR is specified, command substitution
 is not performed:  open and close brackets are treated as ordinary characters
 with no special interpretation.
 .PP
-.VS 8.4
 Note that the substitution of one kind can include substitution of 
 other kinds.  For example, even when the \fB-novariables\fR option
 is specified, command substitution is performed without restriction.
@@ -59,7 +58,6 @@ substitution, then the returned value is substituted for that
 substitution.  See the EXAMPLES below.  In this way, all exceptional
 return codes are ``caught'' by \fBsubst\fR.  The \fBsubst\fR command
 itself will either return an error, or will complete successfully.
-.VE
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
 When it performs its substitutions, \fIsubst\fR does not give any
@@ -70,7 +68,6 @@ set a 44
 \fBsubst\fR {xyz {$a}}
 .CE
 returns ``\fBxyz {44}\fR'', not ``\fBxyz {$a}\fR''
-.VS 8.4
 and the script
 .CS
 set a "p\\} q \\{r"
@@ -116,7 +113,6 @@ returns ``\fBabc,foo,def\fR'', not ``\fBabc,3,def\fR'' and
 \fBsubst\fR {abc,[return -code 10 foo;expr 1+2],def}
 .CE
 also returns ``\fBabc,foo,def\fR'', not ``\fBabc,3,def\fR''.
-.VE

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl(n), eval(n), break(n), continue(n)
@@ -5,10 +5,10 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: switch.n,v 1.8 2004/10/27 14:24:37 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: switch.n,v 1.8.2.1 2005/07/12 20:36:16 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
-.TH switch n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.TH switch n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
@@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ expression matching
 '\" Options defined by TIP#75
 .VS 8.5
 .TP 10
+\fB\-nocase\fR
+Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner.
+.TP 10
 \fB\-matchvar\fR \fIvarName\fR
 This option (only legal when \fB\-regexp\fR is also specified)
 specifies the name of a variable into which the list of matches
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: tclvars.n,v 1.20 2004/11/20 00:17:32 dgp Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: tclvars.n,v 1.20.2.3 2005/10/08 13:44:37 dgp Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH tclvars n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ If the entire \fBenv\fR array is unset then Tcl will stop
 monitoring \fBenv\fR accesses and will not update environment
 variables.
 .RS
-.VS 8.0 
 Under Windows, the environment variables PATH and COMSPEC in any
 capitalization are converted automatically to upper case.  For instance, the
 PATH variable could be exported by the operating system as ``path'',
@@ -47,7 +46,6 @@ Tcl are left unmodified.  Setting an env array variable to blank is the
 same as unsetting it as this is the behavior of the underlying Windows OS.
 It should be noted that relying on an existing and empty environment variable
 won't work on windows and is discouraged for cross-platform usage.
-.VE
 .RE
 .TP
 \fBerrorCode\fR
@@ -163,7 +161,6 @@ hold a string giving the current patch level for Tcl, such as
 \fB7.4b4\fR for the fourth beta release of Tcl 7.4.
 The value of this variable is returned by the \fBinfo patchlevel\fR
 command.
-.VS 8.0 br
 .TP
 \fBtcl_pkgPath\fR
 This variable holds a list of directories indicating where packages are
@@ -176,12 +173,11 @@ subdirectory of one of the entries in \fB$tcl_pkgPath\fR. The directories
 in \fB$tcl_pkgPath\fR are included by default in the \fBauto_path\fR
 variable, so they and their immediate subdirectories are automatically
 searched for packages during \fBpackage require\fR commands.  Note:
-\fBtcl_pkgPath\fR it not intended to be modified by the application.  Its
+\fBtcl_pkgPath\fR is not intended to be modified by the application.  Its
 value is added to \fBauto_path\fR at startup; changes to \fBtcl_pkgPath\fR
 are not reflected in \fBauto_path\fR.  If you want Tcl to search additional
 directories for packages you should add the names of those directories to
 \fBauto_path\fR, not \fBtcl_pkgPath\fR.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBtcl_platform\fR
 This is an associative array whose elements contain information about
@@ -193,12 +189,10 @@ retrieve any relevant information.  In addition, extensions
 and applications may add additional values to the array.  The
 predefined elements are:
 .RS
-.VS
 .TP
 \fBbyteOrder\fR
 The native byte order of this machine: either \fBlittleEndian\fR or
 \fBbigEndian\fR. 
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBdebug\fR
 If this variable exists, then the interpreter was compiled with and linked
@@ -241,17 +235,27 @@ This comes from the USER or LOGNAME environment variable on Unix,
 and the value from GetUserName on Windows.
 .TP
 \fBwordSize\fR
-.VS 8.4
 This gives the size of the native-machine word in bytes (strictly, it
 is same as the result of evaluating \fIsizeof(long)\fR in C.)
-.VE 8.4
 .RE
 .TP
 \fBtcl_precision\fR
-.VS
 This variable controls the number of digits to generate
 when converting floating-point values to strings.  It defaults
-to 12.
+.VS 8.5
+to 0.  \fIApplications should not change this value;\fR it is
+provided for compatibility with legacy code.
+.PP
+The default value of 0 is special, meaning that Tcl should
+convert numbers using as few digits as possible while still
+distinguishing any floating point number from its nearest
+neighbours.  It differs from using an arbitrarily high value
+for \fItcl_precision\fR in that an inexact number like \fI1.4\fR
+will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
+even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
+binary number.
+.VE 8.5
+.PP
 17 digits is ``perfect'' for IEEE floating-point in that it allows
 double-precision values to be converted to strings and back to
 binary with no loss of information.  However, using 17 digits prevents
@@ -264,7 +268,6 @@ changing it in one interpreter will affect all other interpreters as
 well.  However, safe interpreters are not allowed to modify the
 variable.
 .RE
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBtcl_rcFileName\fR
 This variable is used during initialization to indicate the name of a
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: tell.n,v 1.7 2004/10/27 14:43:54 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: tell.n,v 1.7.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH tell n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -19,21 +19,17 @@ tell \- Return current access position for an open channel

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-.VS 8.1
 Returns an integer string giving the current access position in
 \fIchannelId\fR.  This value returned is a byte offset that can be passed to
 \fBseek\fR in order to set the channel to a particular position.  Note
 that this value is in terms of bytes, not characters like \fBread\fR.
-.VE 8.1
 The value returned is -1 for channels that do not support
 seeking.
 .PP
-.VS
 \fIChannelId\fR must be an identifier for an open channel such as a
 Tcl standard channel (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR, or \fBstderr\fR),
 the return value from an invocation of \fBopen\fR or \fBsocket\fR, or
 the result of a channel creation command provided by a Tcl extension.
-.VE
 .SH EXAMPLE
 Read a line from a file channel only if it starts with \fBfoobar\fR:
 .CS
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: unload.n,v 1.6 2004/09/18 17:01:06 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: unload.n,v 1.6.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH unload n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -116,9 +116,7 @@ This may be done differently on different platforms.
 The default guess, which is used on most UNIX platforms, is to
 take the last element of \fIfileName\fR, strip off the first
 three characters if they are \fBlib\fR, and use any following
-.VS
 alphabetic and underline characters as the module name.
-.VE
 For example, the command \fBunload libxyz4.2.so\fR uses the module
 name \fBxyz\fR and the command \fBunload bin/last.so {}\fR uses the
 module name \fBlast\fR.
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: unset.n,v 1.8 2004/10/27 14:43:54 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: unset.n,v 1.8.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH unset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -28,13 +28,11 @@ element is removed without affecting the rest of the array.
 If a \fIname\fR consists of an array name with no parenthesized
 index, then the entire array is deleted.
 The \fBunset\fR command returns an empty string as result.
-.VS 8.4
 If \fI\-nocomplain\fR is specified as the first argument, any possible
 errors are suppressed.  The option may not be abbreviated, in order to
 disambiguate it from possible variable names.  The option \fI\-\-\fR
 indicates the end of the options, and should be used if you wish to
 remove a variable with the same name as any of the options.
-.VE 8.4
 If an error occurs, any variables after the named one causing the error not
 deleted.  An error can occur when the named variable doesn't exist, or the
 name refers to an array element but the variable is a scalar, or the name
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: upvar.n,v 1.10 2004/11/12 11:03:16 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: upvar.n,v 1.10.2.1 2005/04/10 23:14:44 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH upvar n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ the outermost procedure call or the outermost \fBnamespace eval\fR command.
 Also, \fBuplevel #0\fR evaluates a script
 at top-level in the outermost namespace (the global namespace).
 .PP
-.VS
 If an upvar variable is unset (e.g. \fBx\fR in \fBadd2\fR above), the
 \fBunset\fR operation affects the variable it is linked to, not the
 upvar variable.  There is no way to unset an upvar variable except
@@ -101,7 +100,6 @@ traces set for the entire array will not be invoked when \fImyVar\fR
 is accessed (but traces on the particular element will still be
 invoked).  In particular, if the array is \fBenv\fR, then changes
 made to \fImyVar\fR will not be passed to subprocesses correctly.
-.VE
 .SH EXAMPLE
 A \fBdecr\fR command that works like \fBincr\fR except it subtracts
 the value from the variable instead of adding it:
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\" 
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: variable.n,v 1.6 2004/10/27 14:43:54 dkf Exp $
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: variable.n,v 1.6.2.1 2005/03/02 21:25:20 kennykb Exp $
 '\" 
 .so man.macros
 .TH variable n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ command, but not to the \fBinfo exists\fR command.
 If the \fBvariable\fR command is executed inside a Tcl procedure,
 it creates local variables
 linked to the corresponding namespace variables (and therefore these
-variables are listed by \fBinfo locals\fR.)
+variables are listed by \fBinfo vars\fR.)
 In this way the \fBvariable\fR command resembles the \fBglobal\fR command,
 although the \fBglobal\fR command
 only links to variables in the global namespace.
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More